5thgrade SBG2ndEdition

By David S. Dye M.Ed.
Model Citizen Enterprises,

Mesquite, NV 89027
This book is dedicated to my mother, Delores,
who is the hardest working person I’ve ever known.
And to my wife, Joy, who is the most

loving, supportive person I’ve ever known.
For workshop / staff development information call

(562) 627-5662 or go to CreateBetterWriters.com.
ISBN: 0-9766146-5-0
Permission is hereby granted to the purchaser of this book to reproduce, in sufficient

quantity, to meet the needs of one classroom only. All rights reserved.
Copyright © 2004 Model Citizen Publications, David S. Dye
CreateBetterWriters.com
Assessment Checklists 1
Unit 1 3
1. Unit Mastery Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2. Identify the Parts of a Sentence . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. Imperatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5. Fragments, Run-Ons, Complete Sentences . . . . . . . . . 18
6. Subject-Verb Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
7. Literature Scavenger Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
8. Test Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
9. Unit Test and Answer Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Unit 2 37
2. Complex Sentences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3. Sentence Combining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
4. Three Types of Sentences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5. Literature Scavenger Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Unit 3 59
2. Definition of the Parts of Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3. Nouns and Pronouns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4. Verbs and Adverbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5. Adjectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
6. Prepositions – Conjunctions – Interjections . . . . . . . 75
7. Parts of Speech Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8. Adverb or Preposition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9. Test Reviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
10. Literature Scavenger Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Unit 4 91
2. Pronouns - Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive . . . . . . . . . . 93
3. Prepositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4. Adjective or Adverb: Good / Well Bad / Badly . . . . . . . 105
5. Misplaced Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
6. Literature Scavenger Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7. Test Reviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Unit 5 119
1. Unit Mastery Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2. Capitalization Rules – Do’s and Don’ts . . . . . . . . . 121
3. Capitalization Proper Nouns . . . . . . . . . . 123
4. Unit Test and Answer Key . . . . . . . . . 129
Unit 6 133
1. Unit Mastery Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
2. Comma Rules: City, State / Day, Year . . . . . . . 135
3. Comma Rules: Friendly Letters . . . . . . . . . . 137
4. Comma Rules: Direct Address / Introductory Word . . . . 138
5. Comma Rules: Review Rules #1 - #6 . . . . . . . . . . 140
6. Comma Rules: Words – Phrases in a List / Avoid Confusion . . . 142
7. Comma Rules: Interrupter / Appositives . . . . . . . 144
8. Comma Rules: Adjectives / Quotations . . . . . . . 146
9. Comma Rules: Compound Sentence . . . . . . . 148
10. Comma Rules: Review Rules #7 - #13 . . . . . . . 149
11. Comma Rules: Review Rules #1 - #13 . . . . . . . 151
12. Literature Scavenger Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
13. Unit Test and Answer Key . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Unit 7 159
2. Apostrophe - Possessives . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
3. Apostrophe - Contractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
4. Colons and Semicolons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
5. Unit Test and Answer Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Unit 8 181
2. Prefixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3. Suffixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4. Prefix / Suffix Mad Minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
5. Common Homonyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
6. Literature Scavenger Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Unit 9 201
2. Synonyms / Antonyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3. Often Misused Words . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4. Underline vs. Quotation Marks . . . . . . . . . . . 213
5. Test Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Answer Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
or years I’ve been looking for a grammar program that teaches the dozens of basic grammar rules
my upper elementary school students need to know. Their lack of basic grammar skills left me with
the feeling that they had to be seeing the rules I was teaching for the very first time. The blank stares I
received when mentioning words like “possessive nouns” and “subject-verb agreement” had to mean that the
teachers from my students’ previous grades had never taught them. However, I soon realized, when
reviewing grammar concepts only months after teaching them, I would receive those same blank stares again.
So what’s the problem? Obviously I did not teach the concepts correctly, right? Maybe. I can say
that many of my students would receive an A on most of my grammar tests. They could identify grammar
concepts in worksheets and in Daily Oral Language. Unfortunately, these skills were not being transferred
into their written and spoken language.
As a result, I have modified my grammar program every year of my teaching career for fourteen years.
I have looked for a comprehensive grammar program that would help all of my students apply and retain the
grammar concepts they need in order to speak and write effectively. I’ve used grammar programs provided
by literature companies. I’ve spent hundreds of dollars on workbooks that teach specific concepts. I’ve spent
hours creating worksheets to help my students master the English language. Despite all of this, I remained
frustrated with the lack of progress my students were making in grammar.
What I wanted was a program that would help identify every skill my students should know by the end
of the year. Also, I wanted to identify the skills my students should have mastered by the time they arrived in
my class. Finally, I wanted to know what skills my students would be required to know in future grades so
that I could introduce them to these concepts. It has become painfully clear that grammar is so complex that
many students need a systematic program that allows them to master certain skills while preparing them for
mastery of other skills. For students to master basic grammar, teachers of many grade levels will need to work
together and create a plan.
The purpose of this book is to give teachers the plan they need to achieve the goals listed above.
Grammar standards from grades three through eight ( from the National Language Arts Framework) have
been collected in an attempt to identify the basic skills our students need to master. In addition, extensive
research has been done in an effort to identify specific lessons that will help build students’ communication
skills. As a result, not only does this book meet the national language arts standards for grammar, it goes far
beyond.
Another benefit of this book is that it is systematic. It begins with the most basic of concepts and
builds as you move through the units. Lower grades, or classes with students who are behind, can spend
more time on certain concepts, while the upper grades can move more rapidly to get to the more difficult
concepts. Furthermore, teachers can feel confident that the students are mastering the skills at their grade
level while preparing them for instruction in the future.
You now have a fantastic system that will help build your students’ language skills. With just fifteen to
twenty minutes a day, students of all levels will grasp English like they never have before. English language
learners, students with learning difficulties, and children who live in homes where English is not modeled
correctly will benefit tremendously as they are taught English one step at a time. This program gives them a
clear focus for the attainment of basic grammar. This is the ambition and the goal of Standards Based
Grammar.
Below is a list of the special features in this book. If this is your primary grammar program, here is
the basic procedure:
A. Review each worksheet prior to the lesson. Focus on getting the students to understand the
vocabulary. Begin each lesson by reviewing the vocabulary from the previous lesson.
B. Make sure students complete every journal extension. This helps students practice each grammar
skill within the context of actual writing situations.
C. Do test review worksheets and Literature Scavenger Hunts to prepare for each test.
D. Give the unit assessments. Correcting these can be time consuming. Many teacher correct these
as a class.
E. Decide what you consider “Mastery”. Record “Mastery” or “Non-Master” on the Parent
Checklist for each student.
F. Transfer information from Parent Checklists to the students’ Student Checklist. Your students
can now take home their test and Parent Checklist.
G. Optional: Check off each skill taught on the Teacher Checklist. This will help you keep track of
topics covered.
Grammar Standards Teacher Checklist

1. The Teacher Checklist allows the teacher to check off each standard after it has been
taught. This is especially helpful if you do not teach the chapters in order or if you are
using this book as a supplement. By doing this you are assured to cover every standard
required for your grade level.
2. After each assessment you can keep a list of students who have “Mastery” and “Non-Mastery” of
each standard. This will give you an idea of which standards need greater attention throughout the
year. Additionally, this will provide wonderful feedback for future teachers. By making copies of
this worksheet at the end of the year for future teachers, they will be well aware of the standards
that give their new students problems.
Student Worksheets
1. Concepts are taught on the first worksheet of each standard. The worksheets that follow allow
practice in order to achieve mastery. However, it is crucial that you prepare ahead of time to
deliver appropriate instruction of each concept.
2. The lessons on the worksheets are meant to be a springboard for your discussions about the
grammar concepts. Most lessons can be reviewed quickly and taught with little preparation.
Features ( Continued )
3. It is important that students have a chance to practice at home. Many worksheets have
enough practice activities for the students to complete half at school and half as homework.
4. More worksheets may be required to achieve your goal of mastery. However, at least this
program allows you to systematically identify when to teach a concept and when more help
is required.
5. If more practice worksheets are needed, many teachers use the worksheets from their
district’s language arts program. Organize these worksheets based on where they are found
in Standards Based Grammar.
Extensions
1. Many worksheets have “extensions” at the bottom. These are journal activities that help
reinforce the concepts within the context of writing. This is an excellent way to help
solidify the grammatical skills in the minds of the students.
2. In most cases, there is an extension on every other worksheet. Use the extension during
your students’ journal time, give it as homework, or complete it during class as an
additional grammar activity.
Tests and Assessments

1. Every skill in each unit is assessed. Use the tests to keep track of student progress.
2. You can use whatever scale you feel is appropriate to grade the tests. For the
difficult units, it is recommended that the standard grading scale be relaxed. One
suggestion is to make the highest score an A, while the other students’ grades are
lowered from there.
Parent Checklists
1. This is a way for you to keep the parents involved in the progress of their child. After each
test, check off the skills that have been mastered and the skills that have not been
mastered. Send it home with the students.
2. This gives the parents the opportunity to practice these skills at home with their child. It
may be helpful to direct the parents to a local teacher supply store where workbooks are
available. Also, you can prepare packets of materials to send home for further practice.
Features ( Continued )
3. In many cases, “Non-Mastery” may be checked for many or all of the skills taught. It is
important that the parents understand that the goal of this program is to achieve mastery.
While students may have a general understanding of a concept, mastery means a complete
understanding and the ability to use the skill in the context of speaking and writing.
Therefore, many parents might panic when they see so many skills marked “Non-
Mastery.” It may be helpful to put the students’ test grade on the checklist to help ease the
parents’ anxiety. The parents will know that their child may not have mastered many
concepts, but a C on the test will help them understand that their child is making progress.
Literature Scavenger Hunts

Train your students to review grammar even when you are not studying grammar. By doing
the Literature Scavenger Hunts, students learn to find grammar and punctuation skills within
professional writing.
Simply have your students use any reading book to find samples of the grammar concepts that
you have been studying. The worksheet will guide them. At times, some grammar skills are difficult
to find, even for the best of students. Typically, if student find most of the skills on each worksheet,
credit should be given.
Reading – Word Analysis
Vocabulary Development
1.3 Synonyms, Antonyms, and Homonyms ( Unit 8, 9 )
1.4 Prefixes and Suffixes ( Unit 8 )
Writing
Writing Applications
2.4 Write Persuasive Letters ( Unite 6 )
(or Compositions)
Sentence Structure
1.1 Prepositional Phrases, Appositives, Independent
Clauses, Dependent Clauses, Transitions,
and Conjunctions ( Unit 1, 2, 3, 6 )
Grammar
1.2 Often Misused Words,
Pronouns, and Modifiers ( Unit 3, 4, 9 )
Punctuation
1.3 Colons in Lists and to Separate
Hours from Minutes ( Unit 7 )
1.3 Quotation Marks Around
Quotations and Poems ( Unit 9 )
Capitalization and Spelling
1.4 Capitalization ( Unit 5 )
1.5 Suffixes, Prefixes, Contractions ( Unit 7, 8 )
5th Grade
Grammar Standards
Teacher Checklist
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence – Unit 1
2. Imperatives – Unit 1
3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences – Unit 1
4. Fragments, Run-ons, Complete Sentences – Unit 1
5. Subject–Verb Agreement – Unit 1
6. Complex Sentences – Unit 2
7. Sentence Combining – Unit 2
8. Three Types of Sentences – Unit 2
9. Define the Parts of Speech – Unit 3
10. Identify the Parts of Speech – Unit 3
11. Adverb or Preposition? – Unit 3
12. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive – Unit 4
13. Prepositions – Unit 4
14. Adjective or Adverb: Good / Well Bad / Badly – Unit 4
15. Misplaced Modifiers – Unit 4
16. Capitalization: Proper Nouns – Unit 5
17. Capitalization: Miscellaneous – Unit 5
18. Comma Rules – Unit 6
19. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns – Unit 7
20. Apostrophe: Contractions – Unit 7
21. Colons and Semicolons – Unit 7
22. Common Prefixes – Unit 8
23. Common Suffixes – Unit 8
24. Common Homonyms – Unit 8
25. Synonyms and Antonyms – Unit 9
26. Often Misused Words – Unit 9
27. Underline vs. Quotation Marks – Unit 9
CreateBetterWriters.com 1
5th Grade
Grammar Standards
Student Checklist
_____________________
Name
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence – Unit 1
2. Imperatives – Unit 1
3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences – Unit 1
4. Fragments, Run-ons, Complete Sentences – Unit 1
5. Subject–Verb Agreement – Unit 1
6. Complex Sentences – Unit 2
7. Sentence Combining – Unit 2
8. Three Types of Sentences – Unit 2
9. Define the Parts of Speech – Unit 3
10. Identify the Parts of Speech – Unit 3
11. Adverb or Preposition? – Unit 3
12. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive – Unit 4
13. Prepositions – Unit 4
14. Adjective or Adverb: Good / Well Bad / Badly – Unit 4
15. Misplaced Modifiers – Unit 4
16. Capitalization: Proper Nouns – Unit 5
17. Capitalization: Miscellaneous – Unit 5
18. Comma Rules – Unit 6
19. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns – Unit 7
20. Apostrophe: Contractions – Unit 7
21. Colons and Semicolons – Unit 7
22. Common Prefixes – Unit 8
23. Common Suffixes – Unit 8
24. Common Homonyms – Unit 8
25. Synonyms and Antonyms – Unit 9
26. Often Misused Words – Unit 9
27. Underline vs. Quotation Marks – Unit 9
Identify the Parts of a Sentence
Imperatives
Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences
Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences
Subject-Verb Agreement
Grammar Standards – Unit 1
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence
2. Imperatives
3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences
4. Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences
5. Subject-Verb Agreement
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence
2. Imperatives
3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences
4. Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences
5. Subject-Verb Agreement
Name: ___________________
Below is a list of vocabulary words you will find in Units 1 and 2. Write the definitions of the
words as you learn them. Also, put examples of the words as a quick reference.
1. Subject - __________________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
2. Predicate - _________________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
3. Complete Subject - __________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
4. Complete Predicate - _________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
5. Phrase - ___________________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
6. Clause - ___________________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
7. Sentence - _________________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
8. Dependent Clause - __________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
9. Independent Clause - _________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
10. Fragment Sentence - __________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
11. Run-On Sentence - ___________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
12. Imperatives - _______________________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
13. Subordinate Conjunction - _____________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
14. Coordinate Conjunction - ______________________________________________________________
Example - _______________________________________________________________
Name: ___________________
A sentence has two basic parts: 1. A subject 2. What the subject is or does. (Predicate)
Subject: The Who or What of the sentence.

Predicate: What the subject Is or Does.
Examples:
1. The dog barked. 1. The big, angry dog barked ferociously at the mailman
entering the yard.
Subject: dog Predicate: barked Subject: dog Predicate: barked
(who) (what the subject does) (who) (what the subject does)
2. The ball is flat. 2. The ball used in the game last night is flat.
Subject: ball Predicate: is flat Subject: ball Predicate: is flat
(what) (what the subject is) (what) (what the subject is)
Exercise #1 – Subjects and Predicates

Subjects are the who or what of the sentence. Predicates tell what the subject is or what the
subject does.
In the sentences below, put an S above the subject and a P above the predicate. For the
subject, write Who or What on the line. For the predicate, write Does or Is.
S P S P
Example #1 Mark plays baseball. Example #2 The ball is flat.
Subject: __Who__ Subject: __What__
Predicate: __Does__ Predicate: ___Is___
1. Mom bakes cookies. 2. They were late. 3. The game broke.
Subject: _______ Subject: ________ Subject: ________
Predicate: ________ Predicate: ________ Predicate: ________
4. Books tell stories. 5. The car raced. 6. Cells are tiny.

7. Rabbits hop. 8. A sequoia is huge. 9. John surfs.

Extension: Write ten sentences, like the ones above, that are shorter than five words.
Put an S above the subject and a P above the predicate.
Name: ___________________

1. Dad builds cars. 2. We are happy. 3. The ball bounced.

4. The sky is beautiful. 5. Birds chirp. 6. The clock is incorrect.

Simple Subject – The simple subject is the subject alone.

The red ball bounced across the street. Simple Subject = ball
Complete Subject – The complete subject includes all the words that modify the subject.
The red ball bounced across the street. Complete Subject = The red ball
Simple Predicate – The simple predicate is the verb alone, without the words that complete the thought.
The red ball bounced across the street. Simple Predicate = bounced
Complete Predicate – The complete predicate is the verb with the words that complete the thought.
The red ball bounced across the street. Complete Predicate = bounced across the street
Exercise #2 – Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. On the lines,
write “Complete Subject” if the phrase is a complete subject. Write “Complete
Predicate” if the phrase is a complete predicate.
S P
1. My dad builds awesome race cars. 2. The red rubber ball bounced quickly away.
My dad - ____complete subject____ The red rubber ball - ___________________
Builds awesome race cars - _complete predicate_ Bounced quickly away - ___________________
3. The Montana sky is beautiful in the morning. 4. Little, baby birds chirped for their mother.
Is beautiful in the morning - _________________ Little baby birds - ___________________
The Montana sky - ___________________ Chirped for their mother - ___________________
5. The clock on the wall is incorrect by an hour. 6. Ramona students are happy about their grades.
Is incorrect by an hour - ___________________ Are happy about their grades - __________________
The clock on the wall - ___________________ Ramona students - ___________________
Name: ___________________

1. A fish swims. 2. The water froze. 3. The shirt is dirty.

4. Children played. 5. The balloon popped. 6. The Yankees are champions.

Exercise #2 – Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. On the lines,
write “Complete Subject” if the phrase is a complete subject. Write “Complete
Predicate” if the phrase is a complete predicate.
1. A goldfish swims to the surface for food. 2. The water at Big Bear Lake froze last January.
A goldfish - _________________ Froze last January - _________________
Swims to the surface for food - _______________ The water at Big Bear Lake - _________________
3. The blue cotton shirt is very dirty. 4. Neighborhood children played football in the street.
Is very dirty - _________________ Neighborhood children - _________________
The blue cotton shirt - _________________ Played football in the street - _________________
5. The large yellow balloon popped in midair. 6. The New York Yankees are champions of the world.
The large yellow balloon - _________________ Are champions of the world - _________________
Popped in midair - _________________ The New York Yankees - _________________
Extension:
1. Write five sentences that are ten words or longer about swimming. Put an S above the
simple subject and P above the simple predicate.
2. Below each sentence, write “Complete Subject” and “Complete Predicate.” Next to these
labels, write out the complete subject and the complete predicate. See the example below.
Example:
S P
I went with my friends to the beach to go swimming.
Complete Subject – I
Complete Predicate – went with my friends to the beach to go swimming.
Name: ___________________
What is the subject of the sentence below?

At the park, hundreds of people watched the fireworks.
Sometimes finding the subject is tricky. Is the subject park? People? Fireworks?
The Trick:
An easy way to find the subject of the sentence is to cross out the
prepositional phrases. By crossing out the prepositional phrases, the subject
and verb are much easier to locate.
Let’s try the trick on the sentence above.

At the park, hundreds of people watched the fireworks.
Simple Subject: Simple Predicate:
hundreds watched
Complete Subject: Complete Predicate:
hundreds of people watched the fireworks at the park.
Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple subject and
a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the complete
predicate twice. Remember, the complete predicate can be split in the sentence.
S P
Example: During the storm, a powerful tugboat came to rescue the struggling ship.
1. During the night a large brown bear entered the camp.

2. After dinner several of us wanted to watch a movie.
3. The book on the shelf with the torn cover was there for days.
4. On January 1 the people on the dance committee will enjoy their party.
5. With the game on the line, Rick made a shot from the foul line.
6. Dozens of gymnasts waited for the score from the judges.
7. For many years no one wanted to try the long jump.
8. Squirrels in the trees played with each other for hours.
9. During math class our teacher asked me to work with Johnny.
10. In less than a year I have collected a dozen stickers for my collection.
Name: ___________________
a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the complete
predicate twice. Remember, the complete predicate can be split in the sentence.
S P
Example: During the convention, people with signs protested along the street.
1. Before the show, dozens of 3-D glasses with special lenses were handed out.
2. Many of the computers needed the software installed.
3. The patients in the doctor’s office read magazines.
4. Down the hall the class is making American flags for our school play.
5. On the lake, several boats sailed past the dock.
6. During the party, several of the dancers did a line dance around the room.
7. After school the teacher helped me with my homework.
8. Many swimmers at the beach hurried out of the water.
9. Before the carnival we changed into more comfortable clothes.
10. Throughout the park dozens of happy dogs played with their owners.
11. Hundreds of flowers were planted by the students.
12. On July 4th the city will have a fireworks show at the park.
13. The lucky winner of the lottery took everyone to dinner.
14. In two days the judges will announce the winners of the art contest.
15. With their bags in their hands, the excited students got on the bus for camp.
Extension: Write five sentences of your own. Use prepositional phrases. When finished,
write S above the simple subject and P above the simple predicate. Underline
the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice.
Name: ___________________
What is the subject of the sentence below?

Go to the store for a gallon of milk.
Try the trick from worksheets #1 and #2. Cross out all the prepositional phrases. The
simple subject and simple predicate should be much easier to find.
Go to the store for a gallon of milk.
I. What is left? “Go”
Imperatives:
An imperative is a sentence that issues a command. The subject is “you.”
Example:
Wait for me. Subject = ( You ) Verb = Wait
( You ) Wait for me.
II. What is the subject in the example above?

Simple Subject = ( You )
Simple Predicate = Go
Complete Predicate = Go to the store for a gallon of milk.
Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple
subject and a P above the simple predicate. If the subject is an imperative,
write ( You ) in front of the sentence and write “imperative” below.
Example: S P
( You ) 1. Wait at the park for me.
Imperative
1. Catch a fish at the lake for me. 7. Mom sowed a patch on my uniform.
2. Buy a present for your sister at the mall. 8. After school, walk your sister home.
3. Study for the test next week. 9. Select a prize from the prize box.
4. The girls in the choir sang a song. 10. Draw a picture of your family.
5. In the morning, brush your teeth. 11. The kittens drank all of the milk.
6. Write a letter to the president of the company. 12. Before the game, play catch with me.
Extension: Write five imperative sentences. Use prepositional phrases. When finished,
write “( you )” in the front of the sentence and put a P above the simple predicate.
Name: ___________________
Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple
subject and a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject
once and the complete predicate twice. Remember to watch for imperatives.
S P
1. Beyond the trees, an Indian village is preparing for a tribal ceremony.
2. The long, winding road twisted throughout the forest.
3. Go to the end of the block for the letter.
4. An obnoxious, noisy dog barked into the night.
5. During recess, our teacher organized a basketball tournament.
6. Millions of stars twinkled in the clear evening sky.
7. Write a poem about the best time of your life.
8. The silly girls giggled into the night at my sister’s slumber party.
9. Stop at the end of the page before the picture of the stop sign.
10. On the first day of school our principal welcomed the students at an assembly.
11. Talk about your problems before they turn into fights.
12. The wet drawings were set against the wall to dry.
13. Many fish were scared off by the splashing of the swimmers.
14. Hundreds of people arrived to volunteer to clean the school.
15. On the cover of the magazine, someone drew a mustache on the picture
of the movie star.
Name: ___________________
a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the
complete predicate twice. Remember to watch for imperatives.
S P
1. During the night a fat jolly man came down our chimney to put presents under the tree.
2. With a twinkle in his eyes the man in the red suit disappeared up the chimney.
3. Several of the reindeer left presents of their own on the top of our house.
4. Wait until everyone is ready before opening your presents.
5. The excited, neighborhood children rode their new bikes throughout the streets.
6. At 10:00 my cousins from San Diego arrived at our house.
7. Help your cousins into the house with their luggage.
8. In a crazy scramble the children raced to the backyard to play on our new swings.
9. Throughout the house the smell of turkey made our mouths water.
10. Before we ate, each person at the table said one nice thing about each person in the family.
11. Like pigs at a trough, my hungry family devoured everything on the table.
12. Wipe that corn off your mouth before I get sick.
13. It was sad to see all of my cousins go home.
14. For two weeks I played my games without the thought of school.
15. Ask the teacher for extra work for extra credit.
Extension: Write five sentences of your own about any holiday celebration at your house.
Use prepositional phrases. When finished, write S above the simple subject
and P above the simple predicate. Underline the complete subject once and
the complete predicate twice.
Name: ___________________
When you were younger, you started learning your Letters. Next, you learned to put letters
into Words. Soon you were putting words into Phrases, phrases into Clauses, and clauses into
Sentences. When you mastered the sentence, you began writing Paragraphs. Eventually, you
learn to put paragraphs into Essays.
Writing Pyramid
Think of writing as a pyramid. Words are
the building blocks of writing. Words are put into words
phrases and clauses which are put into sentences. phrases
In order to write good sentences, it is helpful to c l a u s e s
understand the differences between them. s e n t e n c e s
So what is a phrase, clause, and a sentence: p a r a g r a p h s
Phrase – A group of related words.

Examples: in the cage ( prepositional phrase ) to buy a car ( infinitive phrase)
riding the bike ( participial or gerundive phrase )
Clause – A group of words with a subject and verb. It may not have a complete thought.
Example: When mom comes home from work Subject = mom Verb = comes
Complete Thought = None
Sentence – A group of words that tells a complete thought.
Example: I like pizza. Subject = I Verb = like
Complete Thought = pizza
Directions: Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

1. IN THE ROOM - ___________ 7. A MOUSE ATE THE CHEESE - ___________
2. AFTER THE MUSIC STARTED - ___________ 8. WHILE HE VISITED THE MUSEUM - _________
3. THE CONCERT WAS FUN - ___________ 9. THE BICYCLE BROKE - ___________
4. WHEN THE PRESIDENT ARRIVES - ___________ 10. AFTER THE GAME - ___________
5. THE BALL BOUNCED - ___________ 11. THE SKATER FELL - ___________
6. SINGING A SONG - ___________ 12. BAKING COOKIES - ___________
Name: ___________________
Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.
1. AT THE STORE - ______________ 11. CLEANING THE ROOM - ______________
2. BECAUSE I WAS LATE - ______________ 12. THE TEACHER READ A STORY - ____________
3. EVERYONE SANG A SONG - ______________ 13. ONCE THE MOVIE STARTS - ______________
4. UNLESS HE GETS ALL A’S - ______________ 14. ACROSS THE YARD - ______________
5. PLAYING THE PIANO - ______________ 15. AS WE DROVE TO ARIZONA - ______________
6. HENRY GAVE HELEN FLOWERS - ___________ 16. THE CANDLE BURNED OUT - ______________
7. BEFORE WE GO CAMPING - ______________ 17. CUTTING THE GRASS - ______________
8. WE WILL WIN - ______________ 18. I LIKE CANDY - ______________
9. OVER THE TREES - ______________ 19. UNTIL LUNCH - ___________
10. SO THEY WILL NOT NEED HELP - ____________ 20. WHEREVER I GO - ______________
Exercise #2 – Fill in the blanks below with a phrase or a clause that completes the
sentence. Use the word suggested in parentheses.
Example: There was an argument on the playground because nobody would listen to each other.
( clause - because )
1. ________________ several students had to serve detention ___________________________________.
( phrase – after ) ( clause – until )
2. ______________________________, the teacher put the questions ____________________________.
( clause – while ) ( phrase – on )
3. ______________________________, there wasn’t enough money _____________________________.
( clause – although ) ( phrase – for )
4. ________________ we won’t be able to play _____________________________________________.
( phrase – without ) ( clause – because )
5. ________________ everyone will stop and read ___________________________________.
( phrase – at ) ( clause – wherever )
6. ______________________________, the dogs come running ________________________ for dinner.
( clause – whenever ) ( phrase – into )
Extension: Write fifteen phrases using any of the prepositions below.

about above across after against along among around at before behind below
beneath beside between beyond by down during for from in inside into
near of off on onto out outside over past through to with within without
Name: ___________________
Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase” , “Clause” , or “Sentence” next to each word.

1. WHENEVER WE EAT - ______________ 11. BEFORE THE PLAY STARTED - _____________
2. UNDER THE RUG - ______________ 12. THE DOG AND CAT PLAYED - ____________
3. FLOWERS SMELL GOOD - ______________ 13. COUNTING THE MONEY - ______________
4. TAKING PICTURES - ______________ 14. BECAUSE WE WERE LATE - ______________
5. ONTO THE FENCE - ______________ 15. IF WE SAVE ALL OUR MONEY - _____________
6. SHE BAKED A PIE - ______________ 16. THE DANCE ENDED EARLY- ______________
7. AT 12:00 - ______________ 17. ALTHOUGH SHE WAS SICK - ______________
8. THEY TALKED FOR HOURS - ______________ 18. SHE IS HAPPY - ______________
9. WHILE THE BAND PLAYED - ______________ 19. UNLESS HE HITS A HOMERUN - ____________
10. DURING REHEARSAL - ______________ 20. BEYOND THE STARS - ______________
1. ________________ the cheerleaders stretched ___________________________________.

( phrase – before ) ( clause – while )
2. ______________________________, the play had to be postponed ____________________________.
( clause – since ) ( phrase – until )
3. ______________________________, not a word was spoken _____________________________.
( clause – once ) ( phrase – throughout )
4. ________________ the foolish boy crossed the street ______________________________________.
( phrase – without ) ( clause – as )
5. ________________ there will be a party ________________________________________________.
( phrase – on ) ( clause – because )
6. ______________________________, dogs will no longer be allowed ___________________________.
( clause – whether ) ( phrase – inside )
Extension: Write five sentences using four ( 4 ) prepositional phrases in

each sentence.
Name: ___________________
Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.
1. MY SHOES DON’T FIT - ______________ 11. RYAN WON - _____________
2. AFTER THE BELL - ______________ 12. WE TALKED FOR HOURS - ____________
3. AS THE SUN WENT DOWN - ______________ 13. DRESSING THE DOLL - ______________
4. PAINTING A SIGN - ______________ 14. HE ATE MY CAKE - ______________
5. INSIDE THE CAR - ______________ 15. WE WILL GO TO DISNEYLAND - ____________
6. UNTIL THE RACE STARTS - ______________ 16. BECAUSE THE POWER WENT OUT -_________
7. ON SUNDAY - ______________ 17. SHE WON THE RACE - ______________
8. WHENEVER I EAT CANDY - ______________ 18. SO HE BOUGHT HER A PRESENT - __________
9. ONCE THE GYMNAST FELL - ______________ 19. WE CAME IN FIRST PLACE - ____________
10. BEHIND THE TREE - ______________ 20. THROUGHOUT THE WORLD - ______________
1. ________________ birds played together _______________________________________________.
( phrase – outside ) ( clause – until )
2. ______________________________, we will finish this project ____________________________.
( clause – if ) ( phrase – by )
3. ______________________________, the teacher passed out papers ___________________________.
( clause – as ) ( phrase – to )
4. ________________ everyone will be finished with the test ___________________________________.
( phrase – within ) ( clause – whether )
5. ________________ many people ate donuts and talked ______________________________________.
( phrase – before ) ( clause – until )
6. ______________________________, people waited their turn ___________________________.
( clause – while ) ( phrase – for )
Extension: Below is a list of subordinate conjunctions. Select any ten and write them in clauses. Skip
lines and be prepared to trade them with a neighbor. Someone else will finish these sentences.
after although as because before if once since so
than that though unless until when wherever whether while
Name: ____________________
There are three parts of a sentence:

1. Subject 2. Verb 3. Complete Thought
Fragment Sentences are missing either a: 1. Subject 2. Verb 3. Complete Thought

1. Missing Subject – ate the pizza on the table. Who ate the pizza?
2. Missing Verb – In the middle of the night. What about the middle of the night?
3. Missing Complete Thought – When everyone finishes their assignment.
What will happen when everyone finishes their assignment?
Run-On Sentences have more than one complete thought.

Follow these rules:
1. Don’t make a list of sentences.
Example: She went to the store, she bought a dress, she went home.
2. Don’t use “and” more than one time in a sentence.
Example: She went to Kim’s house and to the mall and then went home.
3. Don’t use more than one of these words in a sentence: “and”, “but”, “or” , or “so”
Example: Dad went to the game, and Mom went to the store, but I stayed home.
The Trick: Identifying fragment and run-on sentences is easier if you cross out the
prepositional phrases. You can then identify any missing subjects, verbs, and complete
thoughts. Also, it will become more obvious if there is more than one complete
thought.
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the sentences below. Fix any fragment
or run-on sentences.
Example: Kelly bought a dress, and she bought a skirt, but she brought them back.
Kelly bought a dress and a skirt. However, she brought them back.
1. Without any idea how to play.

2. Tim couldn’t run, and Mike couldn’t throw, but they could both hit.
3. After all the people left the party.
4. He finished his homework and turned it in and he received an A.
5. When Halloween arrives, all the boys and girls.
Name: ____________________
Directions: A sentence must have a subject, verb and complete thought. Read the
sentences below and check off when you see the subject, verb and complete thought.
If it is missing one of these, write “Fragment”. If there is more than one complete
thought, write “Run-On”. If there is one complete thought, write “Sentence.”
Examples: In the car.
___Fragment___ Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____
She won the game she was happy.

___Run-On____ Subject __X__ Verb __X__ 1 Complete Thought __X__ 2 Complete Thoughts __X__
1. While waiting for my mom.

____________ Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____
2. We went to the park I played on the swings.
3. The teacher gave back our tests.
4. The butterfly and the caterpillar.
5. Climbing down the rocks into the canyon.
6. She raced home on her bike she was late anyway.
7. We went into the store to buy new shoes for my sister.
8. The alarm went off at seven I got out of bed at eight.
9. For an hour we watched my brother play soccer.
10. The new student in the back of the class.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the sentences #1 - #10 from above.
Fix any fragment or run-on sentences.
Name: ____________________
Exercise #1: What are these fragment sentences missing? Write “Subject” if the subject
is missing. Write “Complete Thought” if the complete thought is missing.
1. After the quarterback threw the ball. ____Complete Thought_____

2. Riding the bike all the way home. _________________________
3. While everyone gathered around the flag. _________________________
4. The monkey and the snake. _________________________
5. Whistling all the way home with a smile on her face. _________________________
6. Walked across the street to talk to the neighbor. _________________________
7. Because all the students turned in their homework. _________________________
8. Standing in line waiting for the doors to open. _________________________
9. All the people who wanted a free radio. _________________________
10. Buying presents for all the people in my class. _________________________
Exercise #2: Explain why each sentence is a run-on sentence. Write “List of Sentences”,
“Too Many And’s”, or “Too Many Conjunctions”
1. Mike plays baseball, and Kenny plays soccer, but I play basketball.
____Too Many Conjunctions_____
2. Terry went to the movies, he bought some popcorn, and he enjoyed the show.
______________________________
3. Betty went shopping, and she had lunch with Wilma, and went to work.
______________________________
4. She went to the dance and she met her friends but she had to leave early.
______________________________
5. The car had a flat, and my dad went out to fix it, and he did.
______________________________
6. We went to the park to feed the ducks it was cold.
______________________________
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, re-write all the fragment sentences in

Exercise #1 so that they are complete sentences.
Name: ____________________
Exercise #1: What are these fragment sentences missing? Write “Subject” if the subject
is missing. Write “Complete Thought” if the complete thought is missing.
1. Wherever you want to go. _________________________

2. Until everyone can learn to follow directions. _________________________
3. Singing a solo in the winter musical. _________________________
4. The princess and the frog. _________________________
5. Crying all the way to the kitchen. _________________________
6. The baby sitters in the neighborhood. _________________________
7. Everyone responsible for making a mess in the room. _______________________
8. Went back to school to get his homework. _________________________
9. Waiting in our seats for the game to start. _________________________
10. Friends forever. _________________________
Exercise #2: Explain why each sentence is a run-on sentence. Write “List of Sentences”,
“Too Many And’s”, or “Too Many Conjunctions”
1. Shawn colored in the living room, Ryan watched TV in the den, and Justin took a nap.
______________________________
2. Mary is Jane’s best friend, and Kim is Shelly’s best friend, but Ashley is my best friend.
______________________________
3. Mary was in a commercial she played a sick girl drinking cold medicine.
______________________________
4. Jenny tried out for cheerleader, and she made it but she decided not to join.
______________________________
5. I wrote a report and the teacher corrected it and I don’t understand why I got a D.
______________________________
6. I went to Kobe’s basketball clinic and learned a lot and I used what I learned on my team.
______________________________
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, fix all the run-on sentences in Exercise #2. Rewrite the
run-on sentences so they are two ( 2 )correct sentences.
Name: ____________________
Directions: Cross out any prepositional phrases. Put an S above the subject and a V
above the verb. On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it
is a sentence, and write RO if it is a run-on.
S V V S V
1. __RO__ We walked to the park and played on the swings and we went home.
2. _______ With my friends.
3. _______ I made a birthday card for my mom with flowers.
4. _______ He borrowed a pencil, used it, but he never gave it back.
5. _______ The lady in the car with the baby.
6. _______ Alex received an A in math.
7. _______ Woke up after the long, cold night.
8. _______ Driving over the hills and through the woods.
9. _______ She looked beautiful in her new dress it was the perfect color.
10. _______ Without any help from you.
11. _______ Mary wrote a report about horses.
12. _______ Silly kids alone in the park.
13. _______ She wrote a letter he read it and wrote her back they both were good friends.
14. _______ Worked into the night.
15. _______ After dinner Juan helped Mom clean the dishes.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, fix all the fragment sentences on this page.
Rewrite the fragment sentences so they are complete sentences.
Name: ____________________
Directions: Cross out any prepositional phrases. Put an S above the subject and a V
above the verb. On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it
is a sentence, and write RO if it is a run-on.
S V V S V
1. __RO__ We walked to the park and played on the swings and we went home.
2. _______ The Lakers beat the Trailblazers they beat the Kings and they beat the Nets.
3. _______ Across the field and between the trees.
4. _______ At the end of the game, Robert made a great shot to win the game.
5. _______ Climbing up the tree to get the kite.
6. _______ Kim is great on the rings and she’s good on the beam, but she can’t flip well.
7. _______ With several of my best friends.
8. _______ Bill brought the treats, Tina decorated the room, and Tony provided the music.
9. _______ Before everyone arrives.
10. _______ While Mary made the cookies, Kim baked a cake.
11. _______ Jim came in first and Julie came in second and Tim came in third.
12. _______ Walking across the yard.
13. _______ The ball rolled behind the bush and under the car.
14. _______ Our class took a field trip to the zoo we saw many strange animals.
15. _______ With a mighty roar.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, fix all the run-on sentences on this page.
Rewrite the run-on sentences so they are two ( 2 ) correct sentences.
Name: _____________________
What is wrong with these sentences?

Joe and Bob is tall. The team are winning.
Subject – Verb Agreement:
The subject and verb of a sentence must agree. If the subject is singular, the verb must
be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural.
Subject Verb Correct
Joe and Bob = Plural is = Singular Joe and Bob are tall.
team = Singular are = Plural The team is winning.
If the subject and verb ever disagree, the subject always wins the disagreement.
The Trick - Memorize the rule:
“ If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb
must be plural. ”
Remember - Present tense verbs:

Singular Verbs - Add s, or es to the verb. Examples: He sings He marches
Plural Verbs - No s or es Examples: They sing They march
I. Write “Singular” if the verb is singular. Write “Plural” if the verb is plural.
__Singular_ 1. sits _____________ 6. pitch _____________ 11. protect

_____________ 2. watch _____________ 7. writes _____________ 12. earns
_____________ 3. read _____________ 8. thinks _____________ 13. love
_____________ 4. receives _____________ 9. buzzes _____________ 14. catch
_____________ 5. buys _____________ 10. scratch _____________ 15. crawls
II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “ Singular ” if the subject and
verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural.
_____________ 1. Julie sits alone and reads every day.

_____________ 2. The students are selling candy for camp.
_____________ 3. Alfonso and Alex hit three homeruns today.
_____________ 4. He asks her to the dance all the time.
_____________ 5. Mary Lou and Nancy get high scores on the balance beam all the time.
_____________ 6. Mrs. Bowden’s class wins the contest every month.
Name: _____________________
___Plural___ 1. sit _____________ 6. pitches _____________ 11. catches

_____________ 2. write _____________ 7. earn _____________ 12. reads
_____________ 3. crawl _____________ 8. protects _____________ 13. loves
_____________ 4. think _____________ 9. buzz _____________ 14. buy
_____________ 5. watches _____________ 10. scratches _____________ 15. receive
II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “ Singular ” if the subject and
_____________ 1. Squirrels save nuts for the winter.
_____________ 2. Dentists clean teeth carefully to prevent cavities.
_____________ 3. People buy lots of candy at Easter.
_____________ 4. Rover, my puppy, thinks he is Superdog.
_____________ 5. Carry and Melissa sing in the choir.
_____________ 6. For Memorial Day our class is writing letters to soldiers.
_____________ 7. The heart pumps thousands of times a day.
III. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above
the subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural.
S S
1. Steve ( repair , repairs ) cars for a living.
2. The balloons ( float , floats ) into the air.
3. Zack and Wendy ( know , knows ) how to get there.
4. Ynette ( ride , rides ) her horse, Hero, every week.
5. Paul and Richard ( teach , teaches ) their students well.
6. Our club ( build , builds ) go-carts in my garage.
7. The students ( enjoy , enjoys ) taking field trips to the zoo.
Extension: Time yourself writing the trick for subject-verb agreement.

Write - “ Subject-Verb Agreement: If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular.
If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. ”
Record your time. Repeat this four more times. See if you can beat your best time.
Name: _____________________
I. Write the subject-verb agreement rule: _____________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Write “Singular” if the verb is singular. Write “Plural” if the verb is plural.
___Plural___ 1. fly _____________ 4. staples _____________ 7. cooks
_____________ 2. types _____________ 5. sleeps _____________ 8. graduate
_____________ 3. smells _____________ 6. dives _____________ 9. waits
III. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “ Singular ” if the subject
and verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural.
_____________ 1. The Salvation Army receives many donations during the holidays.
_____________ 2. Ants build their homes in the dirt.
_____________ 3. Dozens of cars race around the track at terrific speeds.
_____________ 4. Mr. Rodriguez teaches an after school math class.
_____________ 5. The planets orbit around the sun.
_____________ 6. Kim and Donna cheer for the Broncos.
_____________ 7. My mom always gives me a chocolate heart on Valentine’s Day.
_____________ 8. The dolphin plays with the trainer every day.
IV. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above
1. The girls ( call , calls ) each other everyday.

2. Lynn ( jump , jumps ) off the high-dive all the time.
3. The large, dark castle ( sit , sits ) atop a spooky hill.
4. My team ( is , are ) in first place.
5. Water ( freeze , freezes ) at zero degrees Celsius.
6. Every morning in the spring, more flowers ( bloom , blooms ).
7. Their parents ( was , were ) happy to see them.
8. Snakes ( bite , bites ) if they feel threatened.
Name: _____________________
___Plural___ 1. watch _____________ 4. camp _____________ 7. pack
_____________ 2. perform _____________ 5. shares _____________ 8. loves
_____________ 3. controls _____________ 6. thinks _____________ 9. dress
II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “Singular” if the subject and
_____________ 1. Sally gets A’s in all her classes except biology.

_____________ 2. Owls see very well at night.
_____________ 3. Several of our space shuttles fly into space every year.
_____________ 4. The politicians make speeches every year at this time to win votes.
_____________ 5. The St. Patrick’s Day parade is at 12:00.
_____________ 6. Temperatures in the Mojave Desert reach over 120 degrees.
_____________ 7. Jerry and Quan bring water to every game so we don’t get thirsty.
_____________ 8. Their team is in first place.
III. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above
1. People ( throw , throws ) birdseed at the newlyweds.

2. “ Gentlemen, ( start , starts ) your engines! “
3. The balloon ( rise , rises ) into the air.
4. My brother ( bowl , bowls ) every Saturday.
5. The winners ( is , are ) excited to be here.
6. Babies ( giggle , giggles ) when they are tickled.
7. Billy ( is , are ) feeling better.
8. The lion ( growl , growls ) if you get too close to the cage.
Extension: In the sentences from Part III above, each sentence has a verb that is NOT
circled. Rewrite the sentence so that the verb not circled fits.
Example: 1. A person throws birdseed at the newlyweds.
Name: _____________________
I. Write the subject-verb agreement rule: ______________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “Singular” if the subject and
_____________ 1. Comets streak beautifully across the sky.
_____________ 2. Scientists watch the comets to learn about our universe.
_____________ 3. The Fourth of July honors the birth of a great country.
_____________ 4. Birds travel in flocks.
_____________ 5. The runner races to the finish line.
_____________ 6. Frank and Mike lift weights every day.
_____________ 7. Victor studies for every test he takes.
_____________ 8. Some flowers need bees to help reproduce.
_____________ 9. They gave the award to our class.
_____________ 10. She waits for the bus at 3:30 every day.
III. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the
subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural.
1. He ( bring , brings ) candy with him everyday.
2. Many new families ( live , lives ) in our neighborhood.
3. The dogs ( is , are ) happy to see their owner.
4. My mom ( park , parks ) in the shade on hot days.
5. Janet ( was , were ) tired after the long trip.
6. We all ( has , have ) an early morning class.
7. Those construction workers ( volunteer , volunteers ) on their days off.
8. Each state ( has , have ) its own constitution.
9. This battery ( last , lasts ) longer than any other.
10. Some cats ( play , plays ) with yarn for hours.
Name: _____________________
I. Write the subject-verb agreement rule: _____________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________
II. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the
subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural.
S S
1. Steve ( repair , repairs ) cars for a living.
2. Disease and heat ( cause , causes ) problems for many travelers.
3. The monkey ( play , plays ) all day.
4. My pool ( leak , leaks ) a gallon of water every day.
5. A hotdog and a coke ( cost , costs ) a lot at the movies.
6. The waiter ( is , are ) very helpful.
7. Police officers ( arrest , arrests ) people who break the law.
8. We ( has , have ) a good relationship with our parents.
9. My mom ( put , puts ) a dollar under my pillow for my tooth.
10. The shoppers ( grab , grabs ) at the shirts before they are all gone.
11. The girls ( was , were ) excited about the concert.
12. We ( read , reads ) a book a week .
III. Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to the left.
_____drives_____ 1. My family drive to Oklahoma every summer.
_______________ 2. Jim and Benito plays the trumpet.
_______________ 3. They jogs five miles a day.
_______________ 4. They is working for the church.
_______________ 5. Mrs. Frindle tell good stories.
_______________ 6. Emily and Susana is in the play.
_______________ 7. The cats plays with yarn.
_______________ 8. He play in the water all the time.
_______________ 9. The students says the alphabet in the morning.
_______________ 10. Sally run on the treadmill for an hour.
I. Simple Subjects and Predicates
Find three sentences that are five ( 5 ) words or less. Copy the sentences below. Write
the simple subject and the simple predicate below the sentence.
1. _____________________________________________________________________________
Simple Subject - _________________ Simple Predicate - ________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________________________
II. Complete Subjects and Predicates

Find any two sentences. Copy the complete subject below on the line marked “Complete
Subject.” Copy the complete predicate on the line marked “Complete Predicate.”
1. Complete Subject - ____________________________________________
Complete Predicate - __________________________________________________________
2. Complete Subject - ____________________________________________
Complete Predicate - __________________________________________________________
III. Finding the Subject

Copy two sentences that are ten ( 10 ) words or longer. Cross out any prepositional
phrases. Put an S above the simple subject and P above the simple predicate.
1. ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
IV. Phrases and Clauses

Find three ( 3 ) phrases and three ( 3 ) clauses.
Phrases: Clauses:
A. ___________________________ A. _____________________________________________
B. ___________________________ B. _____________________________________________
C. ___________________________ C. ______________________________________________
Name: ___________________
I. Parts of a Sentence
Directions: Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice.
Write the simple subject and simple predicates on the lines below the
sentence. Watch out for imperatives.
1. In the blink of an eye the ball flew past the batter.

Simple Subject: _____________ Simple Predicate _____________
2. Before the concert, a funny comedian told some jokes.
3. Stop at the store for some milk.
4. Dozens of donuts fell to the floor.
5. With an eraser on his head the boy raced around the tables.
II. Imperatives
Directions: Write the subject of the sentence on the line to the left. If the sentence is an
imperative, write “you” on the line.
________________ 1. Our science test had questions about the planets.
________________ 2. Brush your hair before taking the picture.
________________ 3. During the concert, dancers flipped across the stage.
________________ 4. Make your bed before school.
________________ 5. Whenever you play tag, be careful not to hurt anyone.
III. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences

1. UNTIL THE MOVIE STARTS - ______________ 7. UP THE LADDER - _____________
2. DAN LAUGHED - ______________ 8. EATING ICECREAM - ____________
3. SO TOM CAN PLAY - ______________ 9. WE WROTE A LETTER - ____________
4. WHILE THE DOGS BARKED - ______________ 10. THAT DRESS IS NICE - ______________
5. BEFORE SCHOOL - ______________ 11. OUTSIDE THE HOUSE - ______________
6. BILL RODE A HORSE - ______________ 12. IF WE DO OUR HOMEWORK -___________
IV. Fragment and Run-On Sentences
Directions: On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it is a
sentence, and RO if it is a run-on.
1. _______ The ball bounced across the floor then it hit a table
and it knocked over a glass.
2. _______ The best dancer in the world.
3. _______ Amy played a song at the concert without using any sheet music.
V. Subject - Verb Agreement

Explain the Subject-Verb Agreement rule:
If the subject is _____________, the verb must be ______________; if the subject is
_____________, the verb must be ______________.
Directions: Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to
the left. If the sentence is correct, write “Correct as is” on the line.
Example: ____play_______ The dog and cat plays together.
_______________________ 1. My brother and sister is twins.
_______________________ 2. He sing very well.
_______________________ 3. Tom and Jerry run quickly.
_______________________ 4. We likes to ride our bikes.
Name: ___________________
1. During the game, a light rain fell onto the field.

2. Hundreds of stars shined in the sky.
3. With a smile on his face the nice man showed us how to get to the store.
4. Wait at the corner for me.
5. For the first time in my life I stayed home alone without being afraid.
II. Imperatives
________________ 1. Go to the store for a dozen eggs.
________________ 2. My reading teacher gave us an assignment to do a book report.
________________ 3. After the game, the cheerleaders ran onto the field.
________________ 4. When my friends come over, stay in your bedroom and play games.
________________ 5. Wait at the corner for your mom to pick you up.

1. HER HAIR LOOKS FUNNY - ______________ 7. DOWN THE STAIRS - _____________
2. PLAYING CHECKERS - ______________ 8. UNTIL THE GAME IS OVER - ____________
3. KIM SMILED - ______________ 9. WE READ THE BOOK - ____________
4. AFTER THE BOAT SANK - ______________ 10. IF THE TEAM WINS - ______________
5. AT NOON - ______________ 11. INTO THE HOUSE - ______________
6. SO MOM CAN REST - ______________ 12. VAL LIT A CANDLE - ___________
1. _______ The bike rolled down the hill then it rolled across the grass
and it hit the wall.
2. _______ All the money in the world.
3. _______ The cat climbed up the tree and jumped upon the fence
and went into our yard.
4. _______ Brittany sang a song.
5. _______ Without asking any of the other people in the club.

If the subject is _____________, the verb must be ______________; if the subject is
_____________, the verb must be ______________.
Directions: Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to
the left. If the sentence is correct, write “Correct as is” on the line.
_______________________ 1. They plays in the snow.
_______________________ 2. Mom and Dad say that we’re going to the beach today.
_______________________ 3. Ryan jog in the park.
_______________________ 4. Hugo and Kevin is best friends.
_______________________ 5. The dogs bark everyday when they see the mailman.
_______________________ 6. The class say the Pledge of Allegiance everyday.
1. During the game, a light rain fell onto the field.

Simple Subject: ___rain____ Simple Predicate ___fell_____
2. Hundreds of stars shined in the sky.
Simple Subject: __Hundreds__ Simple Predicate __shined__
3. With a smile on his face the nice man showed us how to get to the store.
Simple Subject: __man__ Simple Predicate __showed__
4. Wait at the corner for me.
Simple Subject: ___you___ Simple Predicate ____wait____
5. For the first time in my life I stayed home alone without being afraid.
Simple Subject: _____I_____ Simple Predicate ___stayed___
II. Imperatives
______You_____ 1. Go to the store for a dozen eggs.
____teacher___ 2. My reading teacher gave us an assignment to do a book report.
_cheerleaders_ 3. After the game, the cheerleaders ran onto the field.
______You_____ 4. When my friends come over, stay in your bedroom and play games.
______You_____ 5. Wait at the corner for your mom to pick you up.

1. HER HAIR LOOKS FUNNY - __Sentence__ 7. DOWN THE STAIRS - __ Phrase___

2. PLAYING CHECKERS - __Phrase__ 8. UNTIL THE GAME IS OVER - __ Clause___
3. KIM SMILED - __ Sentence__ 9. WE READ THE BOOK - __ Sentence__
4. AFTER THE BOAT SANK - ___Clause___ 10. IF THE TEAM WINS - __ Clause__
5. AT NOON - __ Phrase__ 11. INTO THE HOUSE - ___ Phrase___
6. SO MOM CAN REST - ___ Clause___ 12. VAL LIT A CANDLE - _ Sentence_
1. __RO__ The bike rolled down the hill then it rolled across the grass
and it hit the wall.
2. ___F__ All the money in the world.
3. __ RO__ The cat climbed up the tree and jumped upon the fence
and went into our yard.
4. ___S__ Brittany sang a song.
5. __ F___ Without asking any of the other people in the club.

If the subject is ___singular___, the verb must be ___ singular___; if the subject is
___Plural___, the verb must be ___ Plural____.
Directions: Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to the left. If the
sentence is correct, write “Correct as is” on the line.

__________play___________ 1. They plays in the snow.
_______Correct as is_______ 2. Mom and Dad say that we’re going to the beach today.
__________jogs___________ 3. Ryan jog in the park.
__________are____________ 4. Hugo and Kevin is best friends.
______ Correct as is________ 5. The dogs bark everyday when they see the mailman.
__________says____________ 6. The class say the Pledge of Allegiance everyday.
Complex Sentences
Sentence Combining
Three Types of Sentences
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Complex Sentences
2. Sentence Combining
3. Three Types of Sentences
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Complex Sentences
2. Sentence Combining
3. Three Types of Sentences
Name: ____________________
You’ve already learned that a clause has a subject and a verb. There are two kinds of clauses:
1. An independent clause 2. A dependent clause
Dependent Clause: A dependent clause has a subject and a verb. However, it has NO
complete thought. It needs an independent clause. Therefore, it is
dependent on the independent clause.
Example: After Tyler called his friend. . . . Subject = Tyler Verb = Called
Independent Clause: An independent clause has a subject, verb, and a complete thought.
It is a sentence.
Example: He met him at the park.
Simple Sentence: A simple sentence only has a subject and a complete predicate.
Examples: The dog barked. / The big, hairy dog with sharp teeth barked at the mailman.
Complex Sentence: A dependent clause needs an independent clause. When you put the
two together, you have a complex sentence.
Examples: When the mailman arrived, the dog barked.
Dependent clause Independent Clause
Subordinate Conjunctions: Subordinate conjunctions connect a dependent clause with

an independent clause. Here are some examples:
after although because before if once unless until whenever while
Directions: Write “Dependent Clause” under the dependent clause and “Independent
Clause” under the independent clause. Circle the subordinate conjunction.
1. The mailman wouldn’t deliver our mail after my dog bit him in the leg.
Independent Clause Dependent Clause
2. Sarah could have done better on the assignment although she did receive an A.
3. Because she didn’t say, “Mother may I?” she had to start over.
4. Before my mom would let me spend the night, she had to talk to Jamie’s mom.
5. If you study for the test, you will do much better.
6. Once the play started, we were not allowed to talk.
7. We won’t be able to play unless the rain stops by noon.
8. Rex practiced his guitar until he could play the song perfectly.
9. Whenever I think about my third grade teacher, I have a warm feeling inside.
10. We played games while the adults sat and talked.
Name: ____________________
Directions: Write “Dependent Clause” under the dependent clause and “Independent
Clause” under the independent clause. Circle the subordinate conjunction.
Independent Clause Dependent Clause
2. Because we were all so tired, we decided to go home early.
3. Unless we do all of our homework, we won’t be able to play.
4. My dog waited at the door for us until we got home.
5. Although none of us wanted to leave, we had to be home before midnight.
6. If Charlie doesn’t stop teasing that dog, the dog is going to bite him.
7. We took pictures while the monkeys swung from the trees.
8. Whenever my sister gets in trouble, my dad makes her weed the garden.
9. Once school starts, you need a pass to get into your class.
10. Before you accuse someone of stealing your pencil, make sure it isn’t just lost.
11. I had to go to the dentist because my back tooth started to hurt.
12. After I finished my project, I asked my dad to check it for mistakes.
13. If I had hit the ball five more feet, it would have been a homerun.
14. We could not go to the movies until my baby sister woke up from her nap.
15. Alice played the piano while Mary played her flute.
Extension: Use each subordinate conjunction below in a complex sentence. Skip

lines. When finished, write “Independent Clause” under the independent
clauses and “Dependent Clause” below the dependent clauses.
after because before if once unless

when wherever whether while
Name: _________________
Directions: Use the dependent clause in parentheses to turn the simple sentences below
into complex sentences.
1. Dependent Clause: ( as the students entered the room )

The teacher passed out their homework.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Dependent Clauses: ( while Jennifer painted a picture )
Amy cut out stars
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Dependent Clause: ( whenever I get in trouble )
I have to sit in time-out.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4. Dependent Clauses: ( if we all work together )

We can finish in an hour.
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
5. Dependent Clauses: ( so he won’t get sick )

He takes his vitamins every day.
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Extension: Write three ( 3 ) simple sentences. Next, turn them into complex
sentences by adding dependent clauses. Use the subordinate
conjunctions below for ideas.
after as because before if once since so unless
when whenever wherever whether while
Name: ____________________
Directions: Write a dependent clause that turns the simple sentence into a complex
sentence. Use the subordinate conjunctions in the extension below for ideas.
1. _While we sang at the concert_ , parents recorded the show with their video cameras.
2. ___________________________________ , we will be going to camp.
3. ___________________________________ , Dad changed the flat tire.
4. The police searched every house ________________________________________ .
5. I like to eat cotton candy __________________________________________ .
6. ___________________________________, you can go to the movies on Saturday.
7. ___________________________________ , everyone stopped what they were doing.
8. We talked on the phone for hours ____________________________________ .
9. We had a hard time finding our way home ___________________________________ .
10. ___________________________________ , the girls did each others’ hair.
11. ___________________________________ , we’ll have to take two cars.
12. ___________________________________ , we sang camp songs for hours.
13. Dawn and I couldn’t stop giggling ___________________________________ .
14. We stared into space with our mouths wide open ______________________________ .
15. Timmy hopped from one foot to the other ___________________________________ .
Extension: Your dog has escaped and wants to play hide and seek. It’s your
job to track him down. Write a one paragraph story about your
attempts to catch him. Use at least three ( 3 ) complex sentences.
Use the subordinate conjunctions below for ideas.

Name: ____________________
Directions: Write a dependent clause that turns the simple sentence into a complex sentence.
1. __While we sang at the concert__ , parents recorded the show with their video cameras.
2. ___________________________________ , I froze like a statue.
3. ___________________________________ , the officer walked into the room and asked,

“Who’s in charge here?”
4. Patsy put her face in her hands and started crying _____________________________ .
5. We bought a huge tub of popcorn __________________________________________ .
6. ________________________________, the boys began chucking snowballs everywhere.
7. ________________________________ , the captain had to wash the deck of the boat.
8. The kids jumped in the air and screamed ____________________________________ .
9. Rover did all kinds of tricks ___________________________________ .
10. _______________________________ , Frank wondered why no one was here.
11. _______________________________ , the teacher wrote their homework on the board.
12. ___________________________________ , a bear broke into our tent and ate our food.
13. We waited in line for tickets ___________________________________ .
14. Julian stuffed a dozen marshmallows into his mouth ___________________________ .
15. Everyone stampeded out of the room ___________________________________ .
Extension: Think of a task that can be explained easily. For example, you can
explain how to make a peanut butter and jelly sandwich.
Write a one paragraph explanation of how to do that task. Use
at least three ( 3 ) complex sentences. Use the subordinate
conjunctions below for ideas.

Name: ____________________
Being able to combine sentences can help you write more smoothly. Many times you
can say things in one sentence better than you can say them in two. These worksheets will
help you practice sentence combining. Pay close attention to the new sentences created so
you can start making longer, smoother sentences.
Sentence Combining Tricks

1. Sharing Important Words 2. Making Phrases 3. Join Sentences
Sometimes you can eliminate needless sentences by taking key words from other
sentences and putting them into one sentence. Look at the samples below:
Two Sentences: The milk spoiled. It was two weeks old.
Combined Sentence: The two week old milk spoiled.
Several Sentences: The water was cold. The water was dirty. The water was
polluted.
Combined Sentence: The water was cold, dirty, and polluted.
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences into one smooth
sentence. You will need to share important words to combine these sentences.
Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.
1. The high school band gave a concert. It lasted for an hour.

2. Mom bought me a shirt. Next, she bought me some shoes. Then she bought me pants.
3. I received a letter from my friend Ashley. It was three pages long.
4. We waited for Paul. We waited for Peter. We waited for Mary.
5. Gina made a cake for her dad’s birthday. The cake was chocolate with sprinkles.
6. We found a puppy wandering the streets. It was small with black spots.
7. This week in class I wrote a poem. Also, I wrote a song. Then, I wrote a story.
8. My cat can climb a tree. She can also climb a fence. She can climb anything else she wants.
9. He was upset about his toy. It was broken.
10. When you draw a clown, be sure to give it a funny nose. Also, give it a big mouth.
Then give it wide eyes.
Name: ____________________

Appositives: Sometimes we use an entire sentence describing something, when we

could have just used a phrase in another sentence. Example:
Two Sentences: Mr. Jones is my coach. He taught me how to bunt a baseball.
Combined Sentence with Appositive: Mr. Jones, my coach, taught me how to bunt a
baseball.
Phrases: Sometimes we can take a phrase from another sentence and use it to
combine two sentences.
Several Sentences: Henry went to get some paper. He went down the hall.
Combined Sentence: Henry went down the hall to get some paper.
sentence. You will need to take phrases from one sentence and add them to
the other sentence. Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of
these sentences.
1. Francisco is my neighbor. We walk to school together every day.

2. Kyle threw the ball. It went into the bushes.
3. Tim scored twenty points in our game last week. Tim is our captain.
4. The students enjoyed signing each others’ yearbooks. They signed them under the tree.
5. The Battling Butterflies won the championship. They are my sister’s softball team.
6. We drove all the way to Flagstaff. We rode in our Chevy Venture.
7. Chuck carried the box to the class. It was filled with reading books.
8. Our choir sang “Friends Forever” at graduation. “Friends Forever” was selected by
student council.
9. All the girls in the class gave Antonio a valentine last February. He’s the nicest boy
in the class.
10. Mom went to talk to our neighbor. She lives across the street.
11. Mr. Derker is my piano teacher. He has been teaching me for three years.
12. Monique wrote a poem. It was about pandas.
Name: ____________________

Compound Sentences:
When there are two sentences that share a similar thought, you can
combine them into a compound sentence. A comma is placed at the end of the
first sentence and a coordinate conjunction is used to connect the two sentences.
Two Sentences: We are having a party. All of my friends are invited.
Compound Sentence: We are having a party, and all of my friends are invited.
Complex Sentence:
Sometimes two sentences can share a complete thought. You have already
learned that complex sentences have a dependent clause and an independent clause.
In some cases, you can take a clause from one sentence and make it the dependent
clause in another sentence.
Two Sentences: Dad is going to take us to get pizza. We’re going after he drives
Mom to the airport.
Complex Sentence: After Dad drives Mom to the airport, he’s going to take us
to get pizza.
sentence. You will need to make compound or complex sentences. Remember,
there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.
1. We wanted to see the movie. It was sold out.
2. Tony won an award. He was the fastest runner in the school.
3. Ashley won an award. She received it last Wednesday.
4. The choir practiced for a half an hour. They practiced before going on stage.
5. Mom did her grocery shopping. At the same time, we played video games.
6. Tomorrow we might go to the beach. We might also go to the park.
7. Our football captain rings the victory bell. He rings it whenever we win a game.
8. The bell rang. Everyone raced out of the classrooms.
9. We moved to the front row. We had to move so we could see better.
10. I had a hamburger for dinner. I had ice-cream for dessert.
11. I got a radio for my birthday. I wanted a bike.
12. I had to go back to my house. I forgot my lunch.
Name: ____________________

sentence. There may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.
1. The baby learned how to crawl. She was five months old.
2. I help Mrs. Snodgrass after school. She was my fourth grade teacher.
3. My dad went on a business trip. He went across the country.
4. I bought a hotdog. I ate it under a tree.
5. We had to take a shower. Then we could go in the pool.
6. We went into the park. We went across the field. We went onto the swings.
7. The United States has people from almost every country. It’s the best country
in the world.
8. Mr. Simon corrected our papers. At the same time we drew our illustrations.
9. Amy won the lottery. It was worth a million dollars.
10. Michael collected fifty worms for our fishing trip. He got them from our back yard.
11. I scored twenty points yesterday. We lost anyway.
12. Rex barked at the mailman. Next, he barked at our neighbor. Finally, he barked
at me.
13. Our coach is taking us to the batting cages. His name is Mr. Henderson.
14. We cut down our tree. Now there is more room to play.
15. The police officer gave a ticket to the driver. The ticket was for speeding.
16. Our class sang a song at the assembly. It was about America.
17. We can save twenty dollars. We have to sign up for ballet lessons today.
18. Before I could eat I had to wash my hands. Then I had to set the table. Finally, I
had to make the lemonade.
19. Number Blaster will help me with my math. It is a new computer program.
20. We can go on the Ferris wheel. We can go on the Merry-go-round.
Name: ____________________

sentence. There may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.
1. We had pizza for dinner. It was pepperoni.
2. Shirley is the captain of our cheer team. She created several new cheers for us.
3. We had to search for our lost ball. It rolled into the bushes.
4. We made chocolate cake for the class. It melted in the car.
5. Mikea won a new bicycle. She sold more cookies than anyone.
6. The barber washed my hair. Then he cut it. Finally, he styled it.
7. Peanut was eaten by Slim. Peanut was my mouse and Slim is my snake.
8. My baby sister cries. She does that whenever my mom leaves the house.
9. The boy rode his bike without his training wheels. He was five years old.
10. I went swimming at the beach. I stayed in the water for an hour.
11. I had to hide my new game from my brother. It had to be in a very safe place.
12. The fireman connected the hose. Next, he dragged it to the house. Then, he turned
on the water.
13. We’re going to the movies. We’ll go after I mow the lawn.
14. You can play on the swings. You can skate around the park.
15. We jumped into the water and jumped right back out. The water was cold.
16. Mrs. Trigs is my math teacher. She explains fractions very well.
17. We had to go to another store to find the video. The store was all the way across
town.
18. The doctor took my temperature. He checked my throat. He gave me some medicine.
19. Our class will have a pizza party. We all need to do our homework for a month.
20. The first forty people to show up received free posters. The people had to be wearing red.
Name: ___________________
Let’s review three types of sentences:

1. Simple Sentence: A sentence with only a subject and a predicate.
Examples: The dog barked. OR
The big, mean dog barked ferociously at the cat in the tree.
2. Compound Sentence: A sentence with two independent clauses joined by a
comma and coordinate conjunction.
Example: The dog barked, and the cat ran away.
3. Complex Sentence: A sentence with an independent clause and a
dependent clause.
Example: When the dog barked, the cat ran away.
Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the
sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence.
Example: Whenever I’m sick, my mom makes chicken soup.

A. simple sentence B. compound sentence C. complex sentence
1. Everyone enjoyed listening to the band at the concert.

A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence
2. We arrived at the game, and the usher showed us to our seats.

3. Unless we raise more money, we can’t go on the field trip.

4. The bell rang, and the boxers came out fighting.

5. When the singer walked into the room, the girls went crazy.
6. On Sunday Dad mowed the tall green grass in the front yard.
Name: ___________________
I. Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the
1. When a colonial man greeted a lady, he would bow and tip his hat.
2. The colonists formed a militia to protect their homes from attack.

3. An apprentice learned a trade from a skilled worker while helping assist at his shop.
4. Young children played, but they were put to work at an early age.
5. Many colonial shops ordered goods from England so the colonist could enjoy fancy items.
6. Colonists enjoyed dancing with each other late into the night.
II. Directions: For each topic below, write a simple sentence. Next, use the same sentence to
write a complex sentence by adding a dependent clause. Finally, use the same sentence to write
a compound sentence by adding a comma, a coordinate conjunction, and another sentence.
Example: School
Simple Sentence: __Mr. Sabel is a funny teacher.__
Complex Sentence: __Whenever he teaches science, Mr. Sabel is a funny teacher.__
Compound Sentence: __Mr. Sabel is a funny teacher, and I wish he could be my teacher
__next year too.______________________________________________
1. School
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
Complex Sentence: _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Compound Sentence: _____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Friends
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
3. Music
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
4. Sports
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
5. A Party
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Name: ______________________
I. Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the
1. The children went trick-or-treating, and the grandparents passed out candy.
2. As the movie started, everyone got comfortable in their seats.

3. A small white poodle did a bunch of tricks in front of our house.

4. We couldn’t play outside until we cleaned our rooms.

5. The lady walked into the room, handed the man a note, and left quietly.
6. The movie started, but it was so soft that we couldn’t hear it.
II. Directions: For each topic below, write a simple sentence. Next, use the same sentence to
write a complex sentence by adding a dependent clause. Finally, use the same sentence to write
a complex sentence by adding a coordinate conjunction and another sentence.
1. Summer Vacation
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Holidays
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
3. Exercise
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
4. The Beach
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
5. Favorite Book
Simple Sentence: _________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Extension: Write two ( 2 ) simple sentences, two ( 2 ) complex sentences, two ( 2 ) compound
sentences about things that happen during the holidays. Below are some
subordinate conjunctions to help.
Name _____________________
I. Simple and Complete Subjects and Predicates
Use any literature book to find examples of the items below:

A. Copy any sentence that is ten ( 10 ) words or longer.
_____________________________________________________________________________
1. The simple subject of the sentence is ______________
2. The predicate is ______________________
3. Complete Subject: ______________________________
4. Complete Predicate _____________________________________________________
II. Phrases and Clauses

A. Find three phrases:
1. ______________________ 2. ______________________ 3. ______________________
B. Find three dependent clauses:

1. ____________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________
C. Find three subordinate conjunctions:

1. __________________ 2. __________________ 3. __________________
III. Types of Sentences

A. Find a compound sentence. Copy it below:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
B. Find a complex sentence. Copy it below:

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
C. Find an imperative. Copy it below:

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Name: ____________________
I. Complex Sentences
Directions: Write “Independent Clause” if the clause in bold type is an
independent clause. Write “Dependent Clause” if the clause in
bold type is a dependent clause.
1. After the plane landed, the pilot asked the people to stay in their seats.
____________________________________________
2. If we stay very quiet, the puppy might let us pet him.
____________________________________________
3. Janet always shares her lunch whenever there is someone who needs food.
____________________________________________
4. The children played in the snow while the parents made a fire in the cabin.
____________________________________________
5. Because you studied for this test, I’m sure you will do well.
____________________________________________
II. Sentence Combining

Directions: Rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. Remember, there
may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.
1. The flower smelled good. It was a pretty flower.
______________________________________________________________________________
2. Dan wrote a report for Mr. Jones. It was about mummies.
______________________________________________________________________________
3. Dad was angry. He did not yell.
______________________________________________________________________________
4. Mrs. Briggs came to my graduation. She is my second grade teacher.
______________________________________________________________________________
5. Henry went to the park. He went with his friends.
______________________________________________________________________________
III. Three Types of Sentences
Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences.
Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence.
1. The little boy picked up the ball, kicked it, and ran across the field to get it back.
2. While Mom baked a birthday cake, we decorated the house for the party.
3. A scared little bird flew into the restaurant, but it was able to fly away.
4. We always buy popcorn whenever we go to the movies.

5. The students went into the auditorium, and the assembly started on time.
6. There were four large hot pizzas waiting for us after the game.
I. Complex Sentences
Directions: Write “Independent Clause” if the clause in bold type is an
independent clause. Write “Dependent Clause” if the clause in
bold type is a dependent clause.
1. After the plane landed, the pilot asked the people to stay in their seats.
___________Dependent Clause________
2. If we stay very quiet, the puppy might let us pet him.
_________Independent Clause________
3. Janet always shares her lunch whenever there is someone who needs food.
_________Independent Clause_____________
4. The children played in the snow while the parents made a fire in the cabin.
___________Dependent Clause_________
5. Because you studied for this test, I’m sure you will do well.
__________Dependent Clause________
II. Sentence Combining

Directions: Rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. Remember, there
may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.
1. The flower smelled good. It was a pretty flower.
___ The pretty flower smelled good._____________________________________
2. Dan wrote a report for Mr. Jones. It was about mummies.
___ Dan wrote a report about mummies for Mr. Jones.__________________
3. Dad was angry. He did not yell.
___ Dad was angry, but he did not yell.___________________________________
4. Mrs. Briggs came to my graduation. She is my second grade teacher.
___ Mrs. Briggs, my second grade teacher, came to my graduation.______
5. Henry went to the park. He went with his friends.
___ Henry went to the park with his friends._____________________________
III. Three Types of Sentences
Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences.
Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence.
1. The little boy picked up the ball, kicked it, and ran across the field to get it back.
2. While Mom baked a birthday cake, we decorated the house for the party.
3. A scared little bird flew into the restaurant, but it was able to fly away.
4. We always buy popcorn whenever we go to the movies.
5. The students went into the auditorium, and the assembly started on time.
6. There were four large hot pizzas waiting for us after the game.
Define the Parts of Speech
Identify the Parts of Speech
Misplaced Modifiers
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Define the Parts of Speech
2. Identify the Parts of Speech
3. Adverb or Preposition
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Define the Parts of Speech
2. Identify the Parts of Speech
3. Adverb or Preposition
Name: __________________
Take this practice test to see how much you know. Fill in the blanks with the
correct words.
1. Noun – A noun names a _______________, _______________, or _______________.
List three examples: _______________, _______________, _______________
2. Pronoun – A pronoun takes the place of a _______________.
3. Verb – A verb shows _______________ or states a _______________.
4. Adjective – Adjectives describe _______________. They answer the questions:

_______________? / _______________? / _______________?
Big car Two cars Several cars
5. Adverb – Adverbs describe ______________, ______________, and other ______________.

They answer the questions:
___________? _______________? _______________? _______________?
Ran slowly ran early ran there ran too slow
6. Preposition – A preposition _______________________________________________________

__________________________________________.
Example: She walked into the room. “Into” connects walked to ___________.
7. Conjunction – Conjunctions are _______________words.
8. Interjections – Interjections are words or groups of words that

_________________________.
An exclamation point (!) should always follow an interjection.
For the teacher:
Below are the answers to the pretest. The next section asks the students to draw
pictures and memorize sentences that will help them remember the parts of speech. The
instructions give the students flexibility to draw the pictures any size they wish. I
recommend that you give them specific guidelines that fit the needs of your classroom. For
example, if you would like to use the pictures as bulletin board displays, the students will
need to draw larger pictures. Below is a sample format:
Nouns Pronouns
Picture of a Nun Picture of a Professional

at a Church, Wearing a Ring Nun at a School, Holding the Ring
The nun went to the church wearing She went to their school wearing it.
a ring: person, place, or thing.
Answers to the Pretest:
Definitions
Noun – A noun names a person, place, or thing. boy, school, ball.
Pronoun – A pronoun takes the place of a noun. he, me, it
Verb – A verb shows action or states a fact. He hit the ball. (action)
He is tall. (fact)
Adjective – Adjectives describe nouns. They answer the questions:

What kind ? / How many ? / How much ?
Big car Two cars Several cars
Adverb – Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs.

They answer the questions:
How ? When ? Where ? To What Extent ?
ran slowly ran early ran there ran too slowly
Preposition – A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in

the sentence.
Example: She walked into the room. Into connects walked to room.
Conjunction – Conjunctions are connecting words. and, but, or
Interjections – Interjections are words or groups of words that express emotion.

An exclamation point (!) should always follow an interjection.
Examples: Wow! You’re cool! Oh my goodness! I lost!
Name: __________________
Noun: A noun names a person, place, or thing.
The Trick: Whenever you think of a noun,

think of a “nun”. A nun is a person. Think
of a nun going to a church. A church is a
place. Now think of a nun, going to a
church, wearing a ring. A ring is a thing.
In the box, draw a picture of a Nun, going
to a Church, wearing a Ring. As you draw,
think of the definition of a noun. At the
bottom of the picture write: “The nun went
to the church wearing a ring: person, place
____________________________________
or thing.”
____________________________________
Nouns Practice
Directions: Write “Person”, “Place”, or “Thing” next to each noun below.
1. waiter - ________________ 9. field - _________________ 17. tire - ________________
2. zoo - _______________ 10. ball - _________________ 18. friend- ________________
3. player- ________________ 11. room - ________________ 19. kitchen - ______________
4. ring - ________________ 12. student - ______________ 20. grass - ________________
5. store - ________________ 13. doctor - ________________ 21. thought - ______________
6. watch - ________________ 14. computer - _____________ 22. partner - ______________
7. coach- ________________ 15. office- _________________ 23. school - _______________
8. kindness - ______________ 16. president - ____________ 24. happiness - ____________
Extension: Make a list of 15 nouns: 5 people, 5 places, and 5 things.
Name: __________________
Pronoun: A pronoun takes the place of a noun.
The Trick: Think of a nun wearing a suit,

carrying a briefcase. She is a professional.
On a wall, she sees three signs that say “nun”,
“church”, “ring”. She paints “she” on top
of “nun”. She paints “there” on top of “place”.
Finally, she paints “it” on top of “ring”.
In the box, draw a picture of the
professional nun painting the picture
described above. At the bottom of the picture
____________________________________ write: “The professional nun replaces the
____________________________________ nouns with pronouns.
Pronoun Practice
Directions: How many pronouns can replace the nouns below? Write as many as
possible for each noun below.
Example: Kim – She, her, hers
1. Bill - ______________________________________________________
2. Karen and I - ______________________________________________________
3. book - ______________________________________________________
4. California - ______________________________________________________
5. Joy and Dawn - ______________________________________________________
6. Write your name here: ______________ - __________________________________________
Extension: Use any five ( 5 ) pronouns from this worksheet in a sentence.
Name: __________________
Write the definition of a Noun below: Write the definition of a Pronoun below:
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
I. For each word below, write “Noun” if it is a noun and “Pronoun” if it is a pronoun.
Explain your answer on the line below. Write “Person”, “Place”, or “Thing” if it is a noun.
Write “Takes a noun’s place” if it is a pronoun.
1. bike - ___Noun____ 6. garden - ____________ 11. hotdog - __________

____Thing________ __________________ __________________
2. door - ____________ 7. it - ____________ 12. toy - _____________
__________________ __________________ __________________
3. she - ____________ 8. them - ____________ 13. our - ____________
__________________ __________________ __________________
4. us - ____________ 9. song - ____________ 14. milk - ____________
__________________ __________________ __________________
5. driver - ____________ 10. I - ____________ 15. him - ____________
__________________ __________________ __________________
II. In the story below, circle all the nouns and underline all the pronouns.
“ Where are we going? ” asked Kimberly. The family was in the car, but only Dad
knew where they were headed. Kimberly was so excited she couldn’t stand it. It was her
birthday, and Dad had promised a big surprise. “I can’t tell you. Our destination is a
secret. You will just have to wait for us to get there.” 11
They pulled into a parking lot. Dad pulled out his wallet, and he handed a man a
ticket. It was a backstage pass to Universal Studios. Kimberly was thrilled. She leaned
forward and kissed him on the cheek. His day, her day, all of their day was going to be
wonderful.
Did you find all 22 nouns? Did you find all 20 pronouns ?
Name: __________________
Verb: A verb shows action or states a fact.

The Trick: Follow the steps below:
Step 1 Step 2
1. Hold two fingers up and make a “V”. Say
“Verb”. 2. Turn the “V” upside down and
make an “A” with a finger on your other hand.
The “A” stands for “Action”. Now say, “A verb
is an action word.” 3. Now, use the two
fingers that made the “V” and put them on top
Step 3 Step 4 of the finger that made the “A”. You should
now have an “F”. The “F” stands for “Fact”.
Now say, “… or states a fact.” 4. Put the
whole thing together by saying, “A verb is an
action word or states a fact.”
In the box, draw a picture of the four steps
above.
Verb Practice
Directions: Underline the verb in each sentence. Write “Action” if the verb shows
action. Write “Fact” if the verb states a fact.
1. He is happy. _____________ 7. We painted the fence. ____________
2. Cyndi sang a song. _____________ 8. We rode in go-carts. ____________
3. The students worked hard. ___________ 9. They were tired of waiting. ____________
4. I am a good student. ____________ 10. A kitten played with string. ____________
5. The worker dug a hole. ____________ 11. Tom was thirsty. ____________
6. We are late for lunch. ____________ 12. Maria read a book. ____________
Extension: Think of an activity. Write five ( 5 ) verbs that might describe that
activity. Ask a neighbor to guess the activity by reading your verbs.
Name: __________________
Verbs can state a fact. The most common verbs that state facts are:
is, are, was, were, am
I. Directions: Write three simple facts using the verbs from the box above.
Is Are
Example: She is tall. Example: They are happy.
1. ___________________________________ 1. ___________________________________
2. ___________________________________ 2. ___________________________________
3. ___________________________________ 3. ___________________________________
Was Were
Example: John was late. Example: My parents were hungry.
1. ___________________________________ 1. ___________________________________
2. ___________________________________ 2. ___________________________________
3. ___________________________________ 3. ___________________________________
Am
Example: I am smart.
1. ___________________________________
2. ___________________________________
3. ___________________________________
II. Underline the verb in each sentence. Write “Action” if the verb shows action. Write
“Fact” if the verb states a fact.
1. Evan worked on his report. ____________ 6. The dog barked at the cat. _____________
2. I am winning. _____________ 7. We need a new television. _____________
3. Arnold is strong. _____________ 8. The boys were last in line. _____________
4. Mike washed the car. _____________ 9. Everyone signed the card. _____________
5. The coach was waiting. _____________ 10. The girls are ready. _____________
Name: __________________
Adverb: Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. The answer the questions:
How? / When? / Where? / To What Extent?
quickly today here very
The Trick: Imagine a man named Mr. Adverb. He is being bothered by a bunch of kids
asking him questions. All at once, they are all saying, “Mr. Adverb! How will he go? When
will he go? Where will he go?” Mr. Adverb answers back, “Angrily, I told you too many
times today here, I DON’T KNOW!”
In the box below draw a picture of Mr. Adverb being bothered by the children. Be
sure to include the children asking the questions: How will he go? When will he go? Where
will he go? Also, be sure to include Mr. Adverbs angry response.
Finally, practice chanting: “Mr. Adverb! How will he go? When will he go? Where
will he go?” “Angrily, I told you too many times today here, I DON’T KNOW!” Remember
that “Angrily” answers the question How, “too” answers the question To What Extent,
“today” answers the question When, and “here” answers the question Where.
Mr. Adverb
Name: __________________
Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. The answer the questions:
How? / When? / Where? / To What Extent?
quickly today here very
I. Directions: Below is a list of adverbs. Write How? When? Where? or To What Extent?
next to each word.
1. slowly - ______________________ 9. yesterday - ______________________
2. here - ______________________ 10. quietly - ______________________
3. too - ______________________ 11. up - ______________________
4. tonight - ______________________ 12. early - ______________________
5. happily - ______________________ 13. calmly - ______________________
6. in - ______________________ 14. there - ______________________
7. sometime - ______________________ 15. carefully - ______________________
8. very - ______________________ 16. bravely - ______________________
II. Underline the adverb in each sentence. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
Finally, write the question that the adverb answers in the sentence.
1. He ran quickly. ________How did he run?________
2. She sang beautifully. _______________________________________________
3. They woke up early. _______________________________________________
4. Put the box down. _______________________________________________
5. Tomorrow, we are going to the movies. ____________________________________
6. We walked carefully across the snow. ______________________________________
7. Bring it here please. _______________________________________________
8. Our team will win today. _______________________________________________
Name: __________________
Write the definition of an adverb: _____________________________________________________
I. In the box below are some adverbs. Put each adverb next to the question it answers on
the lines below.
quietly behind next cautiously tomorrow inside very

carefully never yesterday here safely tomorrow
outside stubbornly tonight noisily inside angrily too
How? - ___________________________________________________________________________
When? - ___________________________________________________________________________
Where? - ___________________________________________________________________________
To What Extent? - _________________________________________________________
II. Add an adverb from the box above to each sentence. Draw an arrow to the word it
describes.
See Extension
1. Bruce walked through the house and woke us up. How did Bruce walk?
^noisily
2. We’re going to the park to fly kites.
3. The waitress carried the dishes to the kitchen.
4. The dog refused to come inside.
5. Our school had a carnival.
6. The tired swimmer made it to shore.
7. We looked for a rock to put in our project.
8. Betty shut the door so she wouldn’t wake Mom.
Extension: For each sentence in Part II above, write the question that the
adverb answers. Write the question beside each sentence.
Name: __________________
Write the definition of a Verb below: Write the definition of an Adverb below:
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
I. Each word below is either a verb or an adverb. On the first line, write “verb” or “adverb”.
If it is a verb, write “fact” or “action word” on the second line. If it is an adverb, write the
question it answers: How? When? Where? To What Extent?
Verb / Adverb Verb / Adverb

1. jump - ___verb____ - __action word___ 11. sadly - ___________ - ________________
2. climb - ___________ - ________________ 12. am - ___________ - ________________
3. slowly - __________ - ________________ 13. now - ___________ - ________________
4. tonight - _________ - ________________ 14. safely - __________ - ________________
5. grow - ___________ - ________________ 15. paint - ___________ - ________________
6. there - ___________ - ________________ 16. are - ___________ - ________________
7. is - ___________ - ________________ 17. today - ___________ - ________________
8. softly - ___________ - ________________ 18. carefully - _________ - ______________
9. type - ___________ - ________________ 19. ride - ___________ - ________________
10. never - ___________ - ________________ 20. here - ___________ - ________________
II. In the sentences below, underline all the verbs. Circle all the adverbs. Draw an arrow
to the word that the adverbs describe.
1. The weather is beautiful today. 5. They were too tired.
2. A bird flew quickly over my head. 6. Put the box there.
3. We looked up to see the cloud. 7. The trainer walked slowly to the lion.
4. He waited here for me. 8. We had a party yesterday.
Name: __________________
Adjective: An adjective describes a noun. It answers the questions:

What Kind? What kind of car? big car
How Much? How much money? several dollars
How Many? How many trees? three trees
The Trick: Imagine some children walking
up to a man selling adjectives. Three adjectives Adjectives
are hanging on the wall behind him. The

children are shocked at the price of the three
big adjectives. The say, “ The three big
adjectives cost how much? Several dollars!”
Memorize the phrase: “ The three big
adjectives cost how much? Several dollars!”
“Three” should help you remember that
adjectives answer the question “How Many?”.
“Big” should help you remember that adjectives
answer the question “What Kind?”. Finally,
“Several” should help you remember that
adjectives help you answer the question
“How Much?”.
Draw a picture of the children shopping for the adjectives. Be sure to include the man
selling the adjectives and the children shocked about the price.
I. Below are some adjectives that describe some nouns. Write “What Kind?” , “How
Much?”, or “How Many?” next to each word.
1. large box - ___what kind____ 6. enough candy - __________________

2. fast car - __________________ 7. strong workers - __________________
3. ten toys - __________________ 8. many glasses - __________________
4. red dress - _________________ 9. happy children - __________________
5. hungry tiger - __________________ 10. few people- __________________
Name: __________________
Write the definition of an adjective: ___________________________________________________
I. In the box below are some adjectives. Put each adjective next to the question it answers
on the lines below.
eight small pretty several round bright

few clean red some funny tall twelve
What Kind? - _______________________________________________________________________

How Many? - ________________________________________________________________________
How Much? - ________________________________________
II. Put an adjective from the box above on the line in each sentence. Draw an arrow to the
word it describes.
See Extension
1. Amy wore a ___pretty___ dress to the party. What kind of dress?
2. We only have _____________ people on our team.
3. The waitress gave us a _____________ fork.
4. The _____________ light was in my eyes.
5. I picked _____________ flowers for my mother.
6. A _____________ man helped us get our kite from the tree.
7. The sewer is below that _____________ hole in the ground.
8. The _____________ clown made us all laugh.
Extension: For each sentence in Part II above, write the question that the
adjective answers. Write the question beside each sentence.
Name: __________________
I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below. List three examples for each.
1. Noun: _____________________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
2. Pronoun: _________________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
3. Verb: _____________________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
4. Adverb: ___________________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
5. Adjectives: _________________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a noun, pronoun
verb, adverb, or adjective. If a word is more than one part of speech, write both.
1. jump - ______________ 11. carrot - ______________ 21. is - ______________

2. rabbit - ______________ 12. his - ______________ 22. yellow - ___________
3. it - ______________ 13. yesterday - ____________ 23. we - ______________
4. softly - ______________ 14. crunchy - ____________ 24. park - _____________
5. wet - ______________ 15. hop - ______________ 25. bravely - __________

6. beautifully - ____________ 16. twenty - ______________ 26. you - ___________
7. perform - ______________ 17. donut - ______________ 27. sweet - ___________
8. song - ______________ 18. I - ______________ 28. were - ______________
9. hard - ______________ 19. eat - ______________ 29. quickly - ___________
10. our - ______________ 20. there - ______________ 30. banana - __________
Extension: Write five sentences using a noun, pronoun, verb, adverb, and
adjective in each sentence. Write the part of speech below each word.
Verb Adjective
Example: He ran quickly to give the blue ball to Jeff.
Pronoun Adverb Noun
Name: __________________
Prepositions: A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in a

sentence. They are used in phrases.
Example: The cat climbed up the tree.

Preposition
The Trick: Imagine that a boy wants to Preposition

say something to a girl, but he only speaks
Spanish. The girl wants to say something to
the boy, but she only speaks English. A
translator who speaks both English and
Spanish positions herself between the two.
The translator who is positioned between the
two is connecting the boy and girl in
conversation.
Draw the picture of the translator positioned
between the boy and girl. Show her translating
for the two. Remember as you draw, the
translator is the preposition. She is connecting
two words: boy and girl.
Remember two facts about prepositions:

1. Prepositions are used in phrases. The last word in the phrase is called the
object of the preposition.
2. They connect two words. The object of the preposition is one of the words being
connected.
Activity: Write the prepositions from the box below in phrases. Draw an arrow from the
preposition to the object of the preposition. Write “obj” below the object.
Examples: above the garage across the street

obj obj
Prepositions
1. above 2. across 3. after 4. before 5. behind
6. between 7. down 8. from 9. in 10. inside
11. into 12. near 13. on 14. over 15. through
16. under 17. until 18. up 19. with 20. without
Name: __________________
Activity #1: There are over 56 prepositions. Would you recognize a preposition if you
saw one? Below are some scrambled prepositions. Use the list of
prepositions from Preposition #1 to help you unscramble each word.
1. toni - ____________ 6. eeofrb - ____________ 11. obave - ____________
2. wond - ____________ 7. neteweb - ____________ 12. ni - ____________
3. socsra - ____________ 8. orgthuh - ____________ 13. rena - ____________
4. morf - ____________ 9. sndiie - ____________ 14. ihdnbe - ____________
5. pu - ____________ 10. twih - ____________ 15. erfat - ____________
Activity #2: For each space below, write a prepositional phrase that matches the
sentence.
1. We slid down the snowy hill _____on our inner tubes____.
2. I parked my bike ____________________________________ and went inside.
3. Our dog chased a cat ____________________________________ .
4. ____________________________________ a lady was looking at dresses.
5. The plane went ________________________ and ______________________________.
6. The boat floated __________________________.
7. The hikers climbed ________________________ and ____________________________.
8. The choir had a party __________________________
9. ____________________________________ I like to take a walk.
10. We accidentally lost our ball ____________________________________ .
Extension: Look through any book. Find three sentences that have prepositional
phrases. Write them in your journals. Underline the prepositional
phrases.
Name: __________________
Conjunctions: Conjunctions are connecting words.
Conjunctions
Step 1 Step 2
The Trick: 1. Make a “C” with one hand.
Say, “Conjunctions”. 2. Make a “C” with the other
hand. Say, “ Connecting Words”. 3. With the
pointing finger and the thumb of each hand, link your
Step 3 fingers together. Say, “ Conjunctions are connecting

words.”
Draw a picture of someone doing the three steps.
Coordinate Conjunctions ( and, but, or ) connect words to words, phrases to phrases,

or sentences to sentences.
Word to Word = cake and pie / pencils and paper / boys or girls
Activity #1 – Use “and” and “or” to connect words: _____________________/_____________________

_____________________/_____________________/_____________________/____________________
Phrase to Phrase = in the air and over the fence / mow the lawn or wash the car
Activity #2 – Use “and” and “or” to connect phrases:

______________________________________ / _____________________________________
Sentence to Sentence = Tom pitched the ball, and Kim hit it.
She was ready, but he was late. / Keep the toy out of the street, or it might get run over.
Activity #3 – Use “and”, “but”, and “or” to connect a sentence to a sentence.
and - __________________________________________________________________________
but - __________________________________________________________________________
or - ___________________________________________________________________________
Name: __________________
Write the definition of a conjunction: _________________________________________________
Three Coordinate Conjunctions: ___________________________________________________
Subordinate Conjunctions connect independent clauses with dependent

clauses. See a list a subordinate conjunctions below.
Examples: I was hungry so I ate a sandwich.
independent clause dependent clause
He was tired because he worked hard.

independent clause dependent clause
Subordinate Conjunctions:
while when whenever so
wherever however although because
once since unless until if as
Directions: Fill in the blanks with a coordinate or subordinate conjunction.
1. She went to the store, __________ it was closed.
2. The shopper put beans, rice, ________ milk into the cart.
3. ____________ Dad washed the windows, I took out the garbage.
4. The teacher brought us donuts ______________ we’ve been good all week.
5. We’re going to leave early ________ we won’t be late.
6. You need to do your homework, __________ we are not going to the game.
7. ________ you give my your pudding, I’ll give you a dollar.
8. The principal announced the winner, __________ everyone stood up and cheered.
Extension: Write five sentences about preparing for a party. Using any five ( 5 )
subordinate conjunctions.
Name: __________________
Interjections: Interjections are words, or groups of words, that express emotion. An

exclamation point ( ! ) should always follow an interjection.
Examples: Wow ! Ouch ! Oh no !
Interjections
The Trick: Interjection sounds like “injection”.
An injection is a shot. Draw a doctor giving an
injection to a child. The child yells out an
interjection: “Ouch! That hurt.”
I. Place an appropriate interjection before each sentence. Make up your own or use one
from the box below.
1. _______Yah!______ We won the game.
2. __________________ There’s a spider on your shoulder.
3. __________________ You stepped on my foot.
4. __________________ You’re going the wrong way.
5. __________________ We are going to be late.
6. __________________ The cafeteria ran out of pudding.
Extension: Write a sentence using each of the interjections below.

1. Yah! 2. Rats! 3. Stop! 4. Watch out! 5. Hurry! 6. Ouch!
Example: Yah! I made the team.
Name: __________________
I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below. List three examples for each.
1. Preposition: _______________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
2. Conjunction: ______________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
3. Interjection: _______________________________________________________________
Examples: ___________________ ___________________ ___________________
II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a preposition,
conjunction, or interjection.
1. in - ______________ 11. but - ______________ 21. until - ______________
2. and - ______________ 12. if - ______________ 22. after - ______________
3. Wow! - ______________ 13. out - ______________ 23. Wait! - ______________
4. while - ______________ 14. Ouch! - _____________ 24. once - ______________
5. over - ______________ 15. with - ______________ 25. on - ______________
6. Stop! - ______________ 16. Rats! - _____________ 26. or - ______________
7. when - ______________ 17. so - ______________ 27. Yah! - ______________
8. Watch out! - ___________ 18. because - ___________ 28. under - ______________
9. into - ______________ 19. behind - ____________ 29. Yipee! - ______________
10. through - ______________ 20. Oops! - _____________ 30. wherever - ____________
Name: __________________
I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below.
1. Noun: _____________________________________________________________________
2. Pronoun: _________________________________________________________________
3. Verb: _____________________________________________________________________
4. Adverb: ___________________________________________________________________
5. Adjectives: _________________________________________________________________
6. Preposition: _______________________________________________________________
7. Conjunction: ______________________________________________________________
8. Interjection: _______________________________________________________________
II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a noun,
pronoun, verb, adverb, adjective, preposition, conjunction, or interjection. If a word can
be more than one part of speech, list both.
1. we - ______________ 13. desert - ____________ 25. play - ______________
2. carefully - _____________ 14. red- ______________ 26. loud - ______________
3. snake - ______________ 15. stop - ______________ 27. easily - _____________
4. slide - ______________ 16. Ouch! - ______________ 28. car - ______________
5. four - ______________ 17. them - ______________ 29. Yikes! - _____________
6. in - ______________ 18. but - ______________ 30. them - ______________
7. and - ______________ 19. softly - ______________ 31. while - ______________
8. farmer - ______________ 20. cup - ______________ 32. eat - ______________
9. catch - ______________ 21. across - ______________ 33. Wow! - ______________
10. you - ______________ 22. here - ______________ 34. doctor - _____________
11. over - ______________ 23. or - ______________ 35. outside - _____________
12. tonight - ______________ 24. me - ______________ 36. later - ______________
Name: _____________________
Many prepositions can also be used as adverbs. How can you tell the difference?
Prepositions: They connect one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence.
Therefore, a preposition is ALWAYS used in a phrase.
in the house before the game after the bell
Adverbs: They answer the questions where, when, how, and to what extent. They are
NOT used in a phrase. They answer a question for another word in the sentence.
We walked in. Where did we walk? in He did this before. When was this done? before
Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb or a preposition.
If it is an adverb, write the question it answers. If it is a preposition, write the phrase.
___Adverb__ _____Where______ 1. We looked up and saw a bird.
_Preposition_ __up the street__ 2. The car drove up the street.
____________ ___________________ 3. She sent the letter over.
____________ ___________________ 4. The ball went over the fence.
____________ ___________________ 5. When you sit down, I will read a letter to you.
____________ ___________________ 6. The children went down the slide.
____________ ___________________ 7. I’ve never seen that before.
____________ ___________________ 8. We came in and sat down.
____________ ___________________ 9. She sat near the exit.
____________ ___________________ 10. My mom received a letter from the teacher.
____________ ___________________ 11. I’ve never seen a sparrow before.
____________ ___________________ 12. The children went inside to eat dinner.
Extension: Write the words below in two sentences. Write one as an adverb and one as a
preposition.
Example: Sam walked in the house. (Preposition) We waited until everyone was in. (Adverb)
down over in inside on between behind up
Name: _____________________
Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb or a preposition.
If it is an adverb, write the question it answers. If it is a preposition, write the phrase.
____________ __________________ 1. The children played until dinner.
____________ __________________ 2. Somebody left the light on.
____________ __________________ 3. We went outside and watched the sunset.
____________ __________________ 4. The coach was near the dugout.
____________ __________________ 5. The train went through the tunnel.
____________ __________________ 6. Look inside and you’ll get a surprise.
____________ __________________ 7. He bumped the table and knocked the glass over.
____________ __________________ 8. When the clown walked in, everyone cheered.
____________ __________________ 9. When we’re bad we have to sit outside the class.
____________ __________________ 10. Tommy built a fort behind the house.
____________ __________________ 11. Stay with the group so you won’t be left behind.
____________ __________________ 12. When you see dark clouds, a storm is near.
____________ __________________ 13. The plumber went under the house to fix the pipes.
____________ __________________ 14. The mouse ran behind the curtains.
____________ __________________ 15. Too stay warm she snuggled between the sheets.
____________ __________________ 16. The students stood up and said the class pledge.
____________ __________________ 17. She fell down and scraped her knee.
____________ __________________ 18. I love spending time with my friends.
Extension: Write the words below in two sentences Write one as an adverb and one as
a preposition.
Example: Sam walked in the house. (Preposition) We waited until everyone was in. (Adverb)
behind off on out outside before up inside
Name: __________________
I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below.
1. Noun: _____________________________________________________________________
2. Pronoun: _________________________________________________________________
3. Verb: _____________________________________________________________________
4. Adverb: ___________________________________________________________________
5. Adjectives: _________________________________________________________________
6. Preposition: _______________________________________________________________
7. Conjunction: ______________________________________________________________
8. Interjection: _______________________________________________________________
II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a noun,
pronoun, verb, adverb, adjective, preposition, conjunction, or interjection. If a word can
be more than one part of speech, list both.
1. pizza - ______________ 13. our - ______________ 25. and - ______________
2. slowly - ______________ 14. several - ____________ 26. with - ______________
3. hot - ______________ 15. while - ______________ 27. bravely - ___________
4. I - ______________ 16. ring - ______________ 28. them - ______________
5. climb - ______________ 17. from - ______________ 29. Cool! - ______________
6. but - ______________ 18. Rats! - ______________ 30. clean - _____________
7. green - ______________ 19. is - ______________ 31. cheese - ____________
8. after - ______________ 20. happy - ______________ 32. or - ______________
9. drive - ______________ 21. we - __________________ 33. you - ______________
10. Ouch! - ______________ 22. nine - _______________ 34. here - ______________
11. restaurant - ____________ 23. dirty - ________________ 35. game - ______________
12. tonight - ______________ 24. were - _______________ 36. fast - ______________
Name _____________________
I. Parts of Speech
Use your literature book to find three ( 3 ) words that represent each part of speech.
Nouns Pronouns Verbs Adjectives
________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
Adverbs Prepositions Conjunction Interjection

________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
II. Adverb or Preposition?

Use your literature book to find three ( 3 ) prepositional phrases. Find one ( 1 )
preposition that is used as an adverb.
Prepositional Phrases
1. ____________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________
Preposition Used As Adverb

1. ____________________________________________________
III. Parts of Speech.

Copy any sentence from your literature book. Write the part of speech of each word in
the sentence.
________________________________________________________________________________
Nouns: _____________________________ Verbs: ______________________
Others: _____________________________________________________________________
Name: __________________
I. Definition of the Parts of Speech

Directions: Write the definitions to the parts of speech.
Definition
Noun - _______________________________________________________________________
Pronoun - ____________________________________________________________________
Verb - _______________________________________________________________________
Adjective - ___________________________________________________________________
Adjectives answer the questions:
1. ____________________ 2. ___________________ 3. _____________________
Adverb - _____________________________________________________________________
Adverbs answer the questions:
1. ________ 2. ________ 3. __________ 4. ___________________
Preposition - _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
II. Identify the Parts of Speech

Directions: Identify the parts of speech for each word below. Write the part of
speech on the line next to the word. If it is more than part of speech, list both.
1. I - ______________ 11. is - ______________ 21. several - _____________
2. and - ______________ 12. red - ______________ 22. they - ______________
3. cat - ______________ 13. Wow! - ______________ 23. sleep - ______________
4. quickly - _____________ 14. but - ______________ 24. wet - ______________
5. sit - ______________ 15. teacher - _____________ 25. after - ______________
6. big - ______________ 16. while - ______________ 26. farm - ______________
7. after - ______________ 17. now - ______________ 27. powerfully - __________
8. Stop! - ______________ 18. ten - ________________ 28. her - ______________
9. you - ______________ 19. inside - ______________ 29. or - ______________
10. boat- ______________ 20. Watch out! - ___________ 30. softly - ______________
III. Adverb or Preposition?
Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb
or a preposition.
___________________ 1. The skater fell down.
___________________ 2. The ball went over the fence.
___________________ 3. We walked into the house.
___________________ 4. The children went inside.
___________________ 5. We looked up and saw a bird.
Name: __________________
I. Definition of the Parts of Speech

Directions: Write the definitions to the parts of speech.
Definition
Noun - __A noun names a person, place, or thing.______________________________
Pronoun - ___A pronoun takes the place of a noun._____________________________
Verb - ___A verb shows action or states a fact._________________________________
Adjective - ____Adjectives describe nouns._____________________________________
Adjectives answer the questions:
1. ____What Kind?_______ 2. ____How Many?_____ 3. ___How Much?____
Adverb - ____Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs.______________

Adverbs answer the questions:
1. __How?__ 2. __When?__ 3. __Where?___ 4. __To What Extent?___
Preposition - ____ A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another _______

_______________word in the sentence. _____________________________________________
II. Identify the Parts of Speech

Directions: Identify the parts of speech for each word below. Write the part of
speech on the line next to the word. If it is more than part of speech, list both.
1. I- Pronoun 11. is - Verb 21. several - Adjective
2. and - Conjunction 12. red - Adjective 22. they - Pronoun
3. cat - Noun 13. Wow! - Interjection 23. sleep - Verb
4. quickly - Adverb 14. but - Conjunction 24. wet - Adjective
5. sit - Verb 15. teacher - Noun 25. after - Preposition
6. big - Adjective 16. while - Conjunction 26. farm - Noun
7. after - Preposition 17. now - Adverb 27. powerfully - Adverb
8. Stop! - Interjection 18. ten - Adjective 28. her - Pronoun
9. you - Pronoun 19. inside - Preposition 29. or - Conjunction
10. boat - Noun 20. Watch out! - Interjection 30. softly - Adverb
III. Adverb or Preposition?
Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb
or a preposition.
_____Adverb______ 1. The skater fell down.
___Preposition___ 2. The ball went over the fence.
___Preposition___ 3. We walked into the house.
_____Adverb______ 4. The children went inside.
_____ Adverb______ 5. We looked up and saw a bird.
Pronouns: Subject, Object, Possessive
Prepositions
Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly
Misplaced Modifiers
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive
2. Prepositions
3. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly
4. Misplaced Modifiers
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive
2. Prepositions
3. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly
4. Misplaced Modifiers
Name: _________________
we your them she me their you whom my

us his ours they I her it theirs hers
yours he who mine its him our whose
I. Directions: Put each pronoun from the box above in the correct section on the chart below.
Subject Object Possessives

_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ ____________ ____________
_______________ _______________ ____________ ____________
____________ ____________
II. Write Pronouns In A Sentence

A. On a separate sheet of paper, write a short sentence for each pronoun from the box
above. Skip lines.
B. When finished, trade your paper with a classmate.
C. Underline the pronoun. Below the pronoun, write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive”.
Name: __________________
I. Write the definition of each:
Subject: _________________________________________________________
Object: __________________________________________________________
Possessive: ______________________________________________________
II. Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line
to the left.
Subject, Object or Possessive
____________________ 1. Susana is going to the party with ( I , me ).
____________________ 2. ( He , Him ) will meet Francisco after school.
____________________ 3. ( Who , Whom ) is the best artist in the class?
____________________ 4. If you hit ( it , its ) top, the lights come on.
____________________ 5. With ( who , whom ) are you going?
____________________ 6. During the movie, ( he , him ) went to the restroom.
____________________ 7. The books are ( their , theirs ).
____________________ 8. If you ask her, ( she , her ) will tell you.
____________________ 9. Hannah will go with ( they , them ) to school.
____________________ 10. This ball is ( my , mine ).
____________________ 11. The teacher gave ( we , us ) a grammar test.
____________________ 12. After they serve ( we , us ), the restaurant will close.
Name: __________________
Subject: _________________________________________________________
Object: __________________________________________________________
Possessive: ______________________________________________________
to the left.
____________________ 1. ( Your , You ) puppy is so cute.
____________________ 2. ( He , Him ) slowly crept up in the attic.
____________________ 3. The baby’s crying woke ( she , her ) up.
____________________ 4. Arf, Arf, barked ( me , my ) dog.
____________________ 5. With ( who , whom ) are you playing?
____________________ 6. Between innings, ( they , them ) sang the Star Spangled

Banner.
____________________ 7. ( He , His ) brother wore a white scary ghost costume on
Halloween.
____________________ 8. The counselor said, “ It’s a pleasure to see ( you, your) today. ”
____________________ 9. “ Do ( you , your ) want to see a movie?” asked Starrina.
____________________ 10. We kept the surprise party a secret from ( he , him ).
____________________ 11. Because of the cold weather, ( our , we ) car won’t start.
____________________ 12. ( They , Them ) are going to have a water balloon fight at
camp.
Name: __________________
Subject: _________________________________________________________
Object: __________________________________________________________
Possessive: ______________________________________________________
to the left.
____________________ 1. ( We , Us ) were so happy we could have exploded.
____________________ 2. The monster in the haunted mansion scared ( we , us ).
____________________ 3. Tears filled ( they , their ) eyes as Damian received his

award.
____________________ 4. Because of ( we , us ), Dad needs to wash the car again.
____________________ 5. ( He , Him ) bought a chair that looked like a frog.
____________________ 6. With ( who , whom ) are you talking?
____________________ 7. ( My , Mine ) book is about a trip around the world.
____________________ 8. ( I , Me ) heard that today is your last day at our school.
____________________ 9. After talking to my mom, ( she , her ) invited me to a party.
____________________ 10. ( His , He ) hair looked like it needed to be combed.
____________________ 11. Before swimming, ( they , them ) tested the water to see if it
was warm.
____________________ 12. “ Do you want to play with ( I , me ) ? ” asked Nick.
Name: __________________
Subject: _________________________________________________________
Object: __________________________________________________________
Possessive: ______________________________________________________
to the left.
________________ 1. With ( who , whom ) are you going to shop?
________________ 2. ( She , Her ) shared candy with the whole class.
________________ 3. ( Whose , Who ) dog is that running in the street?
________________ 4. ( They , Them ) love the smell of scented candles.
________________ 5. Because my dad worked so hard, I gave ( he , him ) a back rub.
________________ 6. ( You , Your ) mom makes the best chocolate chip cookies.
________________ 7. With ( who , whom ) are you watching t.v.?
________________ 8. ( It’s , Its ) volume button is stuck on high.
________________ 9. ( He , Him ) is growing roses in his back yard.
________________ 10. To get warm, ( we , us ) made a fire.
________________ 11. Put ( you , your ) marshmallows on the wire, and I’ll toast them
for you.
________________ 12. Jim showed ( I , me ) that fighting is not the best way to solve my
problem.
Name: __________________
Subject: _________________________________________________________
Object: __________________________________________________________
Possessive: ______________________________________________________
to the left.
____________________ 1. With ( who, whom ) are you reading that book ?
____________________ 2. “ Where are ( we, us ) going this summer? “ asked Damian.
____________________ 3. ( He, Him ) has a beautiful, bald, shiny head.
____________________ 4. Don’t talk to ( he, him ) while he is studying.
____________________ 5. Frank gave ( he, his ) present directly to John.
____________________ 6. After talking to Santa, ( I, me ) just knew I’d get the Barney
doll I wanted.
____________________ 7. ( We, Us ) forgot to turn the radio off before we left.
____________________ 8. With ( who, whom ) are you studying?
____________________ 9. During the song, ( she, her ) needed to sneeze.
____________________ 10. With ( who, whom ) are you making the model?
____________________ 11. The PTA gave the spirit award to ( our, us ) class.
____________________ 12. The ice-cream tasted funny to ( he, him ).
Name: __________________
In Chapter 3, you learned that a preposition connects one word in a sentence to

another word in a sentence. Below is a list of the most common prepositions. It is
important to recognize prepositions and understand how they are used. The activities
in this section will help you do that.
1. above 2. across 3. after 4. against 5. along

6. among 7. around 8. at 9. before 10. behind 11. below
12. beneath 13. beside 14. between 15. beyond 16. by
17. down 18. during 19. for 20. from 21. in 22. inside
23. into 24. near 25. of 26. off 27. on 28. onto
29. out 30. outside 31. over 32. through 33. throughout
34. to 35. toward 36. under 37. underneath 38. until
39. up 40. upon 41. with 42. within 43. without
Preposition Review: A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in a

sentence. They are used in phrases.
Example: The cat climbed up the tree.

Preposition
Remember two facts about prepositions:

1. Prepositions are used in phrases. The last word in the phrase is called the
object of the preposition.
2. They connect two words. The object of the preposition is one of the words being
connected.
Activity: Write the 43 prepositions from above in phrases. Draw an arrow from the
preposition to the object of the preposition. Write “obj” below the object.
Examples: above the garage across the street

obj obj
Name: __________________
Activity #1: There are over 56 prepositions. Would you recognize a preposition if you
saw one? Below are some scrambled prepositions. Use the list of
prepositions from Preposition #1 to help you unscramble each word.
1. gonam - ____________ 6. fo - ____________ 11. toadrw - ____________
2. ednyob - ____________ 7. aiagtsn - ____________ 12. ta - ____________
3. eitodsu - ____________ 8. rgtuhoh - ____________ 13. oawtdr - ____________
4. niihtw - ____________ 9. gdunir - ____________ 14. ruden - ____________
5. ahteenb - ____________ 10. fof - ____________ 15. noot - ____________
Activity #2: Scramble any ten prepositions from Prepositions #1 or #2. Have a classmate
try to unscramble them.
Scramble Scramble
1. ________________ - ________________ 6. ________________ - ________________
2. ________________ - ________________ 7. ________________ - ________________
3. ________________ - ________________ 8. ________________ - ________________
4. ________________ - ________________ 9. ________________ - ________________
5. ________________ - ________________ 10. ________________ - ________________
Activity #3: For each space below, write a prepositional phrase that matches the
sentence.
1. We slid down the snowy hill _____on our inner tubes____.
2. I parked my bike __________________________ and went inside.
3. A lady __________________________ help the children paint their pictures.
4. There was a mouse __________________________.
5. We looked __________________________ for a box of nails.
6. __________________________ the team is going out for pizza.
7. The monkey __________________________ did tricks _________________________.
8. A bird flew __________________________ and landed _________________________.
Name: __________________
Directions: Circle the prepositions and underline the prepositional phrases in the story
below. Remember, it must be used in a phrase to be a preposition.
About forty miles above the clouds lived a mighty space

traveler who journeyed across the galaxy repairing broken lives after
an enemy had come against them.
It happened that, along a busy galaxy, amid millions of stars
and among thousands of planets, was a giant monster named Zork
who weighed around four thousand pounds. At 5 A.M. every morning, Zork would sit atop
the trees, before anyone was awake, and plot his next horrible crime.
One day, Zork spotted a cargo ship hidden behind the Sierra Nevada
Mountains, below the Central Valley, and beneath the desert’s morning
sun. Zork watched as a strange man steed beside the ship taking
camouflage from between the plane’s wings.
Suddenly, the ship shot beyond the clouds, but Zork was ready. By
the time the ship reached outer space, Zork had captured the helpless ship. Concerning the
ship, it fell down during its plunge towards the black hole. Except for the mighty space
traveler, no one could save the ship from Zork.
In a flash, the mysterious space traveler was inside the ship.
Into the ship, like a bolt of lightning, the traveler saved the ship, which was near the black
hole. Most of the crew got off the ship, but Zork was still on the helpless craft.
The traveler got onto the ship and shouted to Zork, “Out! Get outside the ship and
get over the past regarding your problems.”
Since Zork would not listen, the traveler pushed Zork through a
narrow hole in the ship. The traveler scolded Zork throughout the
journey home. To his home planet Zork would go. Toward Earth, under the clouds,
underneath the trees, Zork would stay a prisoner until he learned to be nice.
The people of Earth looked up the mountain. Upon the peak was the mighty space
traveler. With a jubilant yell, the space traveler was gone within seconds, without even
telling the people his name. We all know it was Captain Preposition, who connects right
with those who deserve it.
Extension: Write your own story using all forty-four (44) prepositions from
worksheets #1 and #2.
Name: __________________
Directions: Rewrite the sentences below by adding at least two (2) prepositional phrases.
The “X” shows a good place to put a prepositional phrase.
x x x
1. A reporter asked the man questions.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
x x
2. Children were playing catch.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
x x x
3. Our class will go check out books.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
x x x
4. A bird flew then landed.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
x x x x
5. The clown threw bowling pins and caught them.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
x x x x
6. The man gave the woman a flower.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Extension: Write five sentences about what people are doing at the beach. Use
at least ( 2 ) prepositional phrases in each sentence.
Example:
Children were digging into the sand to find shells to put onto their sandcastles.
Name: __________________
Directions: Combine the sentences into one sentence by using prepositional phrases.
Example: There was a book on the shelf. It had a yellow cover. It fell onto the floor.
___The book on the shelf with a yellow cover fell onto the floor.___
1. The lady wore a red sweater. She walked across the street. She sat on the bench.
________________________________________________________________________________
2. The dog jumped. He went into the air. He caught the Frisbee in his mouth.
________________________________________________________________________________
3. The party is at two o’clock. Children will walk into the house. They will have smiles on
their faces.
________________________________________________________________________________
4. I saw a girl with a pink bow. She gave out cupcakes with sprinkles. She gave them
throughout the school.
________________________________________________________________________________
5. There is a puppy in the yard. It has black spots. It is chewing on a bone.
________________________________________________________________________________
6. Owls hunt for food. They do it at night. They hunt throughout the trees.
________________________________________________________________________________
7. Some girls danced during the concert. They were in angel costumes. They danced
among the audience.
________________________________________________________________________________
8. We played basket ball after school. We played at the park. We played with my brother
and his friends.
________________________________________________________________________________
Extension: Select three objects in the room. Use two ( 2 ) prepositional phrases
to describe where the items are located.
Example:
The candy on the refrigerator is between the water bottles.
Name: __________________
Directions: Select a fun advertisement from a magazine. It should be a picture that has a
lot of action.
1. Write ten (10) prepositional phrases about people, places, and things in the picture.
2. Write a paragraph about the picture using the ten prepositional phrases.
3. Trade your paragraph with a neighbor. Have them read your paragraph then
show them the advertisement. Discuss how well your paragraph compares to the
picture.
#1 - Ten ( 10 ) Prepositional Phrases:

1. ________________________________ 6. ________________________________
2. ________________________________ 7. ________________________________
3. ________________________________ 8. ________________________________
4. ________________________________ 9. ________________________________
5. ________________________________ 10. ________________________________
#2 – Write a paragraph about the advertisement. Don’t forget the ten prepositional phrases.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Name: _____________________
The Problem: Many beginning writers misuse the words good and well.
Incorrect: I don’t sing good. I sing bad.
Correct: I don’t sing well. I sing badly.
The Solution: Unless you learn why you should use good or well / bad or badly, you will
always be guessing when you write or speak. Here is the rule:
Good and Bad are adjectives – They describe nouns and pronouns.
good day, bad day / good worker, bad worker / good game, bad game
Well and Badly are adverbs – They describe verbs.
plays well, plays badly / acts well, acts badly / works well, works badly
The Trick: Here is a way to trick yourself into remembering the difference. Memorize the
two sentences below:
She is a good singer who sings well.
He is a bad singer who sings badly.
Practice
Directions: If the word below is a noun, write “good” in front of it on the first line and
“bad” in front of it on the second line. If the word below is a verb, write “well” behind it on
the first line and “badly” behind it on the second line.
Examples: jumps - __jumps well__ __jumps badly__
jumper - __good jumper__ __bad jumper__
1. reader - _______________ _______________ 7. pitcher - _______________ ______________

2. reads - _______________ _______________ 8. drive - _______________ _______________
3. speak - _______________ _______________ 9. threw - _______________ _______________
4. speaker - _______________ _______________ 10. pitches - ______________ ______________
5. runner - _______________ _______________ 11. kicker - _______________ ______________
6. run - _______________ _______________ 12. driver - _______________ ______________
Extension: Use numbers 1 through 6 from above to rewrite the tricks: For example, #1 is “reader” so
write “He is a good reader who reads well. ” Next, make up three ( 3 ) tricks of your own.
Name: _____________________
What is the trick for remembering good vs. well? ______________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________
What is the trick for remembering bad vs. badly? ______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
I. Directions: If the word below is a noun, write “good” in front of it on the first line and
“bad” in front of it on the second line. If the word below is a verb, write “well” behind it
on the first line and “badly” behind it on the second line.
Examples: jumps - __jumps well__ __jumps badly__
jumper - __good jumper__ __bad jumper__
1. book - _______________ _______________ 6. work - _______________ _______________

2. turns - _______________ _______________ 7. thought - ______________ ______________
3. grass - ________________ ________________ 8. dressed - ______________ ______________
4. cleaner - _______________ _______________ 9. climber - ______________ ______________
5. worker - _______________ _______________ 10. climbs - ______________ ______________
II. Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
1. The pencil wasn’t sharpened very _____well__________.
2. The students did a ____________ job on their projects.
3. Tom and A.J. are ____________ baseball players.
4. If we play ____________, we might make the playoffs.
5. Be sure to clean your bike ____________ after riding in the mud all day.
III. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
1. The coach had an extra practice so we wouldn’t play ____________ .
2. The street sweeper did a ____________ job on our gutters.
3. The ____________ , new light bulbs work ____________ in our lamps.
4. There was a ____________ smell in the bathroom.
5. He was a ____________ fighter who moved ____________ in the ring.
Name: _____________________
What is the trick for remembering good vs. well? ______________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
I. Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
1. Our cafeteria serves ____________ pizza.
2. Shut the door ____________ or it won’t close all the way.
3. Ashley is a ____________ dancer.
4. Are you doing ____________ in school?
5. Tim is a ____________ player who throws ____________ .
6. He is a ____________ listener.
7. Her ____________ behavior earned her an award.
8. We are ____________ writers who tell stories ____________ .
II. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
1. Because of my cold, I slept ____________ .
2. The city did a ____________ job on the street signs.
3. Peter needed help in math ____________ .
4. The cheese smelled ____________ .
5. He behaved ____________ at the assembly.
6. They are ____________ dancers who move ____________ .
7. Mary and Sam’s ____________ argument lasted for three weeks.
8. He is a ____________ speller who writes ____________ .
Extension: Write five ( 5 ) sentences using “good” and “well.”

Next, write five ( 5 ) sentences using “bad” and “badly.”
Name: _____________________
What is the trick for remembering good vs. well? _______________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
I. Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
1. Mom cooks ____________ . She makes ____________ soup.
2. I’ll get ____________ grades if I study ____________ .
3. The barber cut my hair ____________ .
4. He has a ____________ suit. He always dresses ____________ .
5. Lucy gave ____________ answers on the test.
6. To stay healthy you need to eat ____________ food.
7. The party last Friday went ____________ .
8. My father is a ____________ driver who taught me to drive ____________ .
II. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.
1. Because he did his job ____________, we had to do it over.
2. She had a ____________ cough, so she slept ____________ .
3. It was a ____________ idea to play in the rain.
4. The playground was ____________ in need of repairs.
5. He is a ____________ comedian who tells jokes ____________ .
6. On the wall is a ____________ picture of me on Easter.
7. We left because it was a ____________ movie.
8. My cold made me sing ____________ .
Name: ____________________
Do you notice anything funny about this sentence?

Running down the street, I watched my dog.
According to this sentence, who is running down the street? Was I running
down the street or was the dog? The phrase “Running down the street” describes
( modifies ) the word dog. However, because of the way it was used, the reader is
unsure about who is being described.
The sentence needs to be rewritten:
I watched my dog as he ran down the street.
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences so that they
are not confusing.
1. Singing in the shower, I heard my dad.
2. My teacher is a tall, skinny man with a mustache weighing only one hundred and fifty
pounds.
3. Walking to school, the sky looked like it was going to rain.
4. When throwing a fit, Mom puts my baby sister in time-out.
5. The bird we saw suddenly flew away.
6. Our dog has a pink tongue and a long tail who barks a lot.
7. Flying the kite, the trees got in the way.
8. When he sucks his thumb, my dad knows it’s time to put my baby brother to bed.
9. The ice-cream she made quickly melted in the sun.
10. Riding my bike, the police car passed by me.
11. When they need to be punished, the teachers make the students stay after school.
12. Ordering the food, the waiter asked if I wanted fries.
Name: ____________________
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences so that they
are not confusing.
1. Climbing to the top of the mountain, the lights of the city shined brightly.
2. Walking the dog, the cat started a fight.
3. When hungry, a hamburger will be perfect for dinner.
4. The boat that hit the iceberg slowly sank into the sea.
5. Copying down the homework, the teacher reminded them to study for their test.
6. The dancer was wearing a beautiful costume having practiced all week.
7. The volcano exploded violently shooting lava into the air.
8. Eating popcorn, the moneys I watched were funny.
9. Paying for the tickets, the money fell off the counter.
10. The child the parent disciplined stubbornly stormed into his bedroom.
11. He was a funny clown wearing a big nose telling silly jokes.
12. Picking weeds, several worms crawled to the top of the soil.
13. When angry, the doctor told me to punch a pillow.
14. Talking on the phone, my mom needed to ask a question.
15. The student dressed beautifully sang the song.
Name _____________________
I. Subject, Object, and Possessive Pronouns

Use your literature book to find two ( 2 ) subject, object, and possessive pronouns.
Subject Pronouns Object Pronouns Possessive Pronouns
________________ _________________ _________________
________________ _________________ _________________
II. Prepositions
Use your literature book to find two ( 2 ) sentences that have at least two ( 2 )
prepositional phrases. Write the sentences below.
1. ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
III. Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly

Find a sentence where well or badly is used to describe a verb. Write it on the line
below. Draw an arrow from well or badly to the verb.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Name: _____________________
I. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive

A. Write the definition of each:
Subject: _________________________________________________________
Object: __________________________________________________________
Possessive: ______________________________________________________
B. Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line
to the left.

________________ 1. Will you come over and play with ( I, me ) ?
________________ 2. ( Who, Whom ) left the front door open?
________________ 3. After the game, ( we, us ) went out for pizza.
________________ 4. With ( who, whom ) are you walking to school?
________________ 5. The Lakers played ( they, their ) best game in the playoffs.
________________ 6. ( It’s, Its ) tires are too flat.
________________ 7. Before going home, ( they, them ) took a group picture.
________________ 8. ( Who, Whom ) let the dogs out?
II. Prepositions
Directions: Rewrite the sentences below by adding at least two (2) prepositional
phrases. The “X” shows a good place to put a prepositional phrase.
x x x
1. The singer sang a song last night.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
x x x
2. Kittens played and had fun.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
x x x
3. Some children will sell candy.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
III. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly
What is the difference between good vs. well? _____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
What is the difference between bad vs. badly? ____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well.

1. Bill is a ____________ swimmer who swims ____________ .
2. If we practice, we will play ____________ .
3. My mom makes ____________ cookies.

4. Paint the picture _____________ and you might win a prize.
Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly.
1. The shaky table made her draw ____________ .
2. It is dangerous to drive with ____________ tires.
3. The old map gave us _____________ information.
4. Because she studied _____________, she received _____________ grades.
IV. Misplaced Modifiers

Directions: Rewrite the following sentences so that they are not confusing.
1. The man in the gray suit talking to the principal is my dad.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2. That animal with the sharp teeth weighing three hundred pounds is dangerous.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3. The plane that took off slowly disappeared into the sky.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Name: _____________________

Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the
line to the left.
________________ 1. ( My , Mine ) book is about a trip around the world.
________________ 2. I couldn’t wait for Kim to get here so I could see ( she, her ) again.
________________ 3. ( He , Him ) slowly crept up into the attic.
________________ 4. My mom asked ( us, our ) teacher if she could bring cookies for the
party.
________________ 5. With ( who, whom ) are we eating?
________________ 6. During the movie, ( he , him ) went to the restroom.
________________ 7. Shelly is going to the mall with ( I, me ) tomorrow.
II. Prepositions
x x x
1. A man cut down a tree to make a canoe.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
x x x
2. Squirrels climbed and gathered nuts.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
x x x x
3. Many students will run to buy candy.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
What is the difference between good vs. well? _____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
What is the difference between bad vs. badly? ____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

1. Karen is a ____________ dancer who dances ____________ .
2. When we sleep __________ we do a ____________ job getting ready for school.
3. The band instructor chooses ____________ songs for us to play.
4. We might win the game if we play ____________.

1. She will do _____________ if she can’t find her glasses.
2. Dad had to replace the ______________ lights in the kitchen.
3. The car stopped _______________ because of its ______________ brakes.
4. Not doing my homework was a ________________ decision.

1. The girl in the pink dress eating an ice cream is my sister.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2. Those students carrying books wearing red sweaters are on the science team.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3. The puppy that barked gently jumped into my lap.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Name: _____________________

Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the
line to the left.
___Possessive__ 1. ( My , Mine ) book is about a trip around the world.
_____Object____ 2. I couldn’t wait for Kim to get here so I could see ( she, her ) again.
____Subject____ 3. ( He , Him ) slowly crept up into the attic.
__ Possessive__ 4. My mom asked ( us, our ) teacher if she could bring cookies for the
party.
_____Object____ 5. With ( who, whom ) are we eating?
____ Subject___ 6. During the movie, ( he , him ) went to the restroom.
_____Object____ 7. Shelly is going to the mall with ( I, me ) tomorrow.
II. Prepositions
x x x
1. A man cut down a tree to make a canoe.
Sample: A man with an ax cut down a tree in the forest to make a canoe
for his journey.
x x x
2. Squirrels climbed and gathered nuts.
Sample: Squirrels in the tree climbed to the ground and gathered nuts
for the winter.
x x x x
3. Many students will run to buy candy.
Sample: After school many students will run to the cafeteria to by candy
from the fundraiser.
What is the difference between good vs. well? Good is an adjective. It describes
nouns. Well is an adverb. It describes verbs.
What is the difference between bad vs. badly? Bad is an adjective. It describes
nouns. Badly is an adverb. It describes verbs.

1. Karen is a ____good____ dancer who dances ____well____ .
2. When we sleep ___well___ we do a ___ good___ job getting ready for school.
3. The band instructor chooses ___ good____ songs for us to play.
4. We might win the game if we play ____well_____.

1. She will do ____badly____ if she can’t find her glasses.
2. Dad had to replace the ____ bad_____ lights in the kitchen.
3. The car stopped ____ badly_____ because of its ____ bad____ brakes.
4. Not doing my homework was a ____ bad____ decision.

1. The girl in the pink dress eating an ice cream is my sister.
Sample: My sister is the girl eating ice cream and wearing the pink dress.
2. Those students carrying books wearing red sweaters are on the science team.
Sample: Those students wearing red sweaters and carrying books are on
the science team.
3. The puppy that parked gently jumped into my lap.
Sample: The puppy barked and gently jumped into my lap.
Capitalization: Proper Nouns
Capitalization: Miscellaneous
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Capitalization: Proper Nouns
2. Capitalization: Miscellaneous
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Capitalization: Proper Nouns
2. Capitalization: Miscellaneous
Some of the rules for capitalization can be a little tricky.
Here is a list of some of the do’s and don’ts of capitalization.
Do Capitalize:
1) First, Last, and Important Words in a Title.
Examples: “Singing in the Rain”
The Writings of the Senators from the Twentieth Century
Warning: 1. Capitalize all verbs. 2. Capitalize prepositions of five letters or more.
Example: Traitors Are Within These Walls
2) Days of the Week, Months, Holidays, and Special Days
Examples: Monday, April, Memorial Day, May Day, New Year’s Eve
3) The first letter of the first word in most lines of poetry.
Examples: The sun sank over the tropical horizon,
Signaling to everyone that the end was near.
4) Mom, Dad, and other titles that can be replaced with the person’s name.
Examples: Give Mom the money. = Give Kim the money.
Give Grandpa the money. = Give Bob the money.
Give Aunt Carol the money.
5) Languages
Examples: English, Japanese, German, Spanish, Tagalog
6) Religions and Names for their Supreme Being
Examples: Christianity – God, Judaism – Jehovah, Islam – Allah
7) First Word of Greeting and Closing in Letters
Examples: Dear everyone, Yours truly,
8) Names of Institutions and Businesses
Examples: Cerritos College, Arbor Park, General Hospital, Microsoft, Apple
Warning: Capitalize the company, but do not capitalize their products.
Example: Apple computer, Nike shoes, Dominoes pizza
9) Directions when they refer to a region of a country or the world.
Examples: Israel is a country in the Middle East.
The Northwest Territory was established in 1787.
Don’t Capitalize:
1) Seasons
Examples: summer, winter, spring, autumn, fall
2) School subjects unless they are titles or have languages.

Examples: math / Math 101, science / English, history / American history
3) Diseases
Examples: chicken pox, polio, cancer, yellow fever
Warning: Some diseases are named after people. Be sure to capitalize the name only.
Examples: Alzheimer’s disease, Crohn’s disease
4) Directions for travel or areas of a state, county, or city.

Examples: Go south on the freeway to get to southern California.
5) Capitalize proper nouns when they act as adjectives, but not the noun they describe.
Examples: American music, New Year’s Eve celebration, Chinese food
Name: ___________________
I. Proper Nouns
Directions: Rewrite the words below. Be sure to capitalize words when needed.
Examples: JOHN - __John__ BOY - __boy__
1. WEDNESDAY – ____________________ 11. WEST – ______________________
2. SOCIAL STUDIES – ____________________ 12. SATURDAY – ____________________
3. ITALIAN – ______________________ 13. MATH – ______________________
4. BUDDHISM – ____________________ 14. CHINESE FOOD – ___________________
5. BIOLOGY 101 – ____________________ 15. CHRISTIANITY – ____________________
6. SUMMER – _____________________ 16. MIDWEST – _____________________
7. COLLEGE PARK – ____________________ 17. LEVI PANTS – ____________________
8. NORTHERN IRELAND – ___________________ 18. WINTER – _____________________
9. HEALTH – ________________________ 19. TURNER SCHOOL – _________________
10. MEASLES – ______________________ 20. SCIENCE 101 – ____________________
II. Miscellaneous Capitalization

Directions: Circle all the words that should be capitalized. Write the capital letter below the circle.
Example:
The salvation army is a christian organization that helped give medicine to children with chicken pox.
S A C NO
1. The arbor day parade will have ford vans decorated with palm branches.
2. We were only aloud to speak spanish in spanish 201 taught by mrs. jones.
3. I saved a poem written by dad on thursday. It read: roses are red,

4. The story titled man without a home tells of a violets are blue.
jesuit priest who travels to north america. you worked hard,
5. During science we learned how polio vaccinations
and I’m proud of you.
helped save thousands of lives in the united states.
6. We sang “up on the rooftop” at aloha elementary school’s musical.
7. Next spring, the make a wish foundation will take children with cancer to southern france.
8. Some people feel that harvard university in massachusetts is better than rutgers university in new jersey.
Name: ___________________
I. Proper Nouns
Directions: Rewrite the words below. Be sure to capitalize words when needed.
Examples: JOHN - __John__ BOY - __boy__
1. SPANISH – ____________________ 9. GEOMETRY 101 – ___________________
2. ITALIAN TILE – ____________________ 10. FALL – ____________________
3. TUESDAY – ______________________ 11. MATH – ______________________
4. SOUTHERN ALPS – ____________________ 12. GEOGRAPHY – ___________________
5. EAST – ____________________ 13. SOUTH KOREA – ____________________
6. THURSDAY – _____________________ 14. HINDUISM – _____________________
7. PLANTERS’ PEANUTS – ___________________ 15. KELLS POND – ____________________
8. JUDAISM – ___________________ 16. MUMPS – _____________________

Example:
S A C NO
1. “If you lived in germany, it might help to learn to speak french and italian as well,” said dad.
2. On memorial day, the students who take american history will join mr simm’s civics 101
class.
3. Next friday I will recite the poem “ode to summer” and my mom will sing “this is love” at the
woodruff elementary school talent show.
4. dear lisa,
I hope you enjoy camp sunburn. We missed you at the fourth of july party. Be
sure to pet one of their special black cats with the white stripes. Also, mom says she
misses you.
your sister
alice
5. The movie not without my daughter was set in the middle east.
Extension: Use your list of “Do’s and Don’ts” of capitalization to make a quiz. Put twenty words on
a sheet of paper and capitalize every letter of every word. Be sure to make an answer
key. Be prepared to trade papers with a classmate.
Name: ___________________
I. Proper Nouns
1. AUGUST – ________________________ 6. ART – _________________
2. INFLUENZA – ________________________ 7. SWEDISH – ________________________
3. FRENCH FASHION – ______________________ 8. SOUTH - ________________________
4. CATHOLICISM - ________________________ 9. FALL - ________________________
5. LABOR DAY - ______________________ 10. GEOLOGY 101 – ___________________

Example:
S A C NO
1. For my brother’s birthday, I wrote him these poems:
on top of spaghetti, one, two, three, up the ally,
all covered with cheese, she hit me on my knee. down the sewer,
I lost my poor meatball, three, two, one, we don’t like kids,
when somebody sneezed. I flicked her hair my gum. who eat manure.
2. When summer arrives the red cross will ask people to help flood victims in the south.
3. He will race his ford race car at the indianapolis speedway against my uncle.
4. I gave aunt shirley the catalogue for microsoft, a company in the northwest.
5. The teacher had us read art for dummies for western civilization 101.
6. “The leaves in the northeast are just beautiful in the fall,” said my grandma.
7. “The rocky mountains had more snow last winter,” said grandpa.
8. aliens are among us is the title of mrs fick’s new read-aloud book in reading class.
9. At lindstrom elementary school’s international party, they had italian food, asian
decorations, and costumes from around the world.
10. Mrs. smith said in history class that some indians got small pox from the europeans.
Name: ___________________
I. Proper Nouns
1. SCIENCE – ________________________ 6. ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE – _____________
2. WINTER – ________________________ 7. GOD - ________________________
3. UTAH - ________________________ 8. POLIO - ________________________
4. THURSDAY - ________________________ 9. GOLDEN GATE BRIDGE - ____________
5. BOSTON COLLEGE - ____________________ 10. WESTEN EUROPE – __________________

Example:
S A C NO
1. In september, washington elementary school will begin just after labor day.
2. In health we learned that you need your vaccination against small pox to go to middle school.
3. My report for english class titled “girl without a family” was from island of the blue dolphins.
4. Columbus actually discovered the west indies although he thought he had reached india.
5. We watched grandpa receive his award from the multiple sclerosis society.
6. Next winter Karen will go skiing in lake tahoe at the heavenly ski resort.
7. The cave of wonders is a book that describes all the tunnels in carlsbad caverns in new mexico.
8. Her dad will drive us to seal beach, but my mom will bring us home.
9. This mother’s day i’m going to treat mom like she is queen elizabeth from england.
10. dear oscar,

Thanks for the CD barney’s greatest hits. My favorite song is beautiful flowers.
your friend,
jose
Extension: Write ten ( 10 ) sentences. Make sure each rule from the Capitalization Rules worksheet is
demonstrated in your sentences. Also, include words from the “Don’t Capitalize” list.
Example: Some Christians had a service at Mayfair Park on Easter. Rules #2, #6, and #8
Name: ___________________
I. Proper Nouns
1. MONDAY – ________________________ 6. LAKE ERIE – _________________
2. TONSILLITIS – ________________________ 7. EAST - ________________________
3. SUMMER - ________________________ 8. CHINESE FOOD - ____________________
4. SONY STEREOS – ________________________ 9. MORMON – ________________________
5. DECEMBER - ______________________ 10. SCIENCE 101 – ____________________

Example:
S A C NO
1. The christian religion believes that god has angels who help do his* work. *His refers to God.
2. Maria received $10 from aunt rosa and uncle pedro to celebrate her graduation from leal school.
3. The mariners play baseball in seattle where you can also find the space needle, a giant tower.
4. The bible, the torah, and the koran are holy books from christianity, judaism, and islam.
5. while you slept in your bed,
dad kissed your forehead,
“i love you,” he said.
6. Kelly wrote the poem “while you slept in your bed” for father’s day last june.
7. At memorial hospital, the doctors are giving free blood tests for tuberculosis sponsored by the
american lung association.
8. The marines fighting in southern afghanistan surrounded the tora bora mountains.
9. We read between boy and man in literature appreciation 101 last october.
10. dear Theo,

I read your excellent report “nature’s wonders.” You should work for the national wildlife
foundation.
sincerely yours,
vanessa
Name: ___________________
I. Proper Nouns
1. HEALTH – ________________________ 6. SPRING – _________________
2. DELL COMPUTERS – _____________________ 7. DIABETES – ________________________
3. SEPTEMBER – ________________________ 8. ENGLISH – ________________________
4. CANADIAN BACON – _____________________ 9. CROHN’S DISEASE – ________________
5. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA – ________________10. SCIENCE 201 – ____________________

Example:
S A C NO
1. “We can see the ringling brothers circus or the group from cirque du soleil.” said mom.
2. The statue of liberty sits at the mouth of the hudson river between new york and new jersey.
3. We read flowers among thorns in mr. rose’s literature class last january.
4. The gulf of mexico and atlantic ocean both touch southern florida, but not the
caribbean sea.
5. “Give grandpa joe and grandma jane a big kiss,” said my mom.
6. In health class we learned that many children suffered from polio in the 1950’s.
7. There was a sale on reebok shoes at the lakewood mall last saturday.
8. She read there’s a boy in the girls bathroom in may and mighty mysteries in june.
9. We learned that thanksgiving is always on a thursday.
10. Were the olympics held in utah or colorado in the winter of 2002?
Extension: Carmen and Monica are in a race across America. Write a paragraph
about the places they go and the things they see. Be sure to use at least
ten words that need to be capitalized.
Name ___________________
I. Capitalization Proper Nouns

Directions: Rewrite each word or words with the proper punctuation.
Example: JOHN - John BOY- boy____
1. UNCLE BOB - _______________________ 15. MATH - ________________________________

2. HIGH SCHOOL - ______________________ 16. LAKE - _________________________________
3. TUESDAY - __________________________ 17. SUNDAY - ______________________________
4. DR. CHANG - _________________________ 18. EASTER SERVICE - _____________________
5. MONTH - ____________________________ 19. GEOMETRY 101 - _______________________
6. COLORADO RIVER - ___________________ 20. RED CROSS - ___________________________
7. WEEKEND - __________________________ 21. WINTER - ______________________________
8. CERRITOS COLLEGE - _________________ 22. CHRISTIANITY - _______________________
9. GOD - _______________________________ 23. ENGLISH - _____________________________
10. AUNT - _____________________________ 24. WEST - _________________________________
11. US CONSTITUTION - 25. MC DONALD’S - ________________________
____________________________________ 26. CHESS - ________________________________
12. POLIO - _____________________________ 27. LUCKY’S MARKET - ____________________
13. MEMORIAL DAY - ___________________ 28. CHINESE FOOD - _______________________
14. MAPLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 29. JUDAISM - ______________________________
____________________________________ 30. MIDDLE EAST - _________________________

Directions: Below is a story. Circle all letters that should be capitalized.
dear susana,
You won’t believe the fun mom, dad, and i had this summer at colonial williamsburg on
the east coast. while driving there, we sang:
over the mountains,
and through the woods,
to grandmother’s house we go!!
When we arrived we saw soldiers who spoke german. They put me in a fake jail for
yelling, “ long live king george! ” At jamestown we saw powhatan indians. Some of them
spoke spanish to show that they learned this from spain before the english arrived.
Unfortunately, many of these native americans died of small pox because they didn’t have a
strong enough immune system to fight the european’s germs. I heard dr. kim, from the
college of william and mary, say that they are studying why that happened. It will be in his
next book titled diseases of colonial times. Well, i have to go.
yours truly,
tammy
I. Capitalization
A. Proper Nouns
Directions: Rewrite each word or words with the proper punctuation.
Example: JOHN - John BOY - boy___
1. UNCLE BOB - ____Uncle Bob____________ 15. MATH - _____math______________________
2. HIGH SCHOOL - __high school___________ 16. LAKE - ______lake_______________________
3. TUESDAY - ______Tuesday______________ 17. SUNDAY - ____Sunday___________________
4. DR. CHANG - _____Dr. Chang___________ 18. EASTER SERVICE - __Easter service________
5. MONTH - ________month_______________ 19. GEOMETRY 101 - ___Geometry 101_________
6. COLORADO RIVER - __Colorado River____ 20. RED CROSS - _____Red Cross______________
7. WEEKEND - ______weekend____________ 21. WINTER - _____winter____________________
8. CERRITOS COLLEGE - _Cerritos College__ 22. CHRISTIANITY - ___Christianity____________
9. GOD - _________God__________________ 23. ENGLISH - _____English__________________
10. AUNT - _______aunt___________________ 24. WEST - ______west_______________________
11. US CONSTITUTION - 25. MC DONALD’S - ___Mc Donald’s___________
______U.S. Constitution________________ 26. CHESS - ______chess______________________
12. POLIO - ______polio___________________ 27. LUCKY’S MARKET - ___Lucky’s Market______
13. MEMORIAL DAY - __Memorial Day______ 28. CHINESE FOOD - ___Chinese food__________
14. MAPLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 29. JUDAISM - ___Judaism____________________
____Maple Elementary School___________ 30. MIDDLE EAST - ___Middle East____________
B. Miscellaneous Capitalization
Directions: Below is a story. Circle all letters that should be capitalized.
dear susana,
You won’t believe the fun mom, dad, and i had this summer at colonial williamsburg
on the east coast. while driving there, we sang:
over the mountains,
and through the woods,
to grandmother’s house we go!!
When we arrived we saw soldiers who spoke german. They put me in a fake jail for
yelling, “ long live king george! ” At jamestown we saw powhatan indians. Some of them
spoke spanish to show that they learned this from spain before the english arrived.
Unfortunately, many of these native americans died of small pox because they didn’t have a
strong enough immune system to fight the european’s germs. I heard dr. kim, from the
college of william and mary, say that they are studying why that happened. It will be in his
next book titled diseases of colonial times. Well, i have to go.
yours truly,
tammy
Comma Rules
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Comma Rules
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Comma Rules
Name: ____________________
Rule #1 - City, State or City, Country

Examples: Bellflower, California Paris, France New York, New York
1432 East Street, Lakewood, California
Are you going to Orlando, Florida, this summer?

Rule #2 - Day, Year or Month, Year
Examples: January 1, 2003 Tuesday, October 31
Is February 29th, 2004, a leap year?
Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule
below each item.
1. Philadelphia Pennsylvania 2. December 25 2005 3. London England

______City, State_____ ____Day, Year____ ____________________
4. January 1 2000 5. Boston Massachusetts 6. Thursday July 4 1776
____________________ ___________________ ____________________
7. Madrid Spain 8. San Francisco California 9. October 12 1492
____________________ ____________________ ____________________
10. Sunday December 7 1941 11. Williamsburg Virginia 12. Tokyo Japan
____________________ ____________________ ____________________
13. George Washington defeated the British in Yorktown, Virginia, in less than a month.
City, State
14. He was born on August 3rd 2001 while his grandparents anxiously waited.
15. Cortez started his conquest of the Aztecs in Veracruz Mexico.
16. We’re going to have a party on Saturday June 13th for my birthday.
17. The Olympics in Salt Lake City Utah were the best ever.
18. My new address will be 555 Oak Drive Oakland California.
19. On Monday August 1st we will go to Phoenix Arizona for my brother’s wedding.
20. In Toronto Canada there will be a baseball game on Tuesday April 2nd.
Name: ____________________
Rule #1 - City, State or City, Country Rule #2 - Day, Year or Month, Year
below each sentence.
1. I was born in Long Beach California and Tuesday March 12 at 5:32 in the afternoon.
2. My parents were married on Wednesday June 12 2000 in St. Louis Missouri.
3. We won a trip to either Dublin Ireland or Glasgow Scotland.
4. Is your birthday on March 2 1991 or on March 1 1992 ?
5. We can choose a plane that flys to Chicago Illinois on Monday December 31st 2001 or a
plane that flys to Dallas Texas on Tuesday January 1st 2002.
6. We are going to have a family reunion on Wednesday May 7th in Portland Oregon.
7. Their wedding will be in Mexico City Mexico on July 11th.
8. The new Batman movie will come out on Friday May 19th.
9. The president will visit Bangkok Thailand from Wednesday August 15 to
Monday August 20th .
10. Elvis’s concert on February 21st 1975 in Las Vegas Nevada was fantastic.
11. On Friday April 11 school will get out early for Spring break.
12. Honolulu Hawaii is the site of the U.S.S. Arizona memorial.
13. How many days will it be until December 31st 2099?
14. Rome Italy is a very famous tourist city.
15. On Thursday June 18th 2002 we gave our teacher a surprise, all expenses paid, trip
to Seattle Washington.
Extension: Write five sentences describing cities and states where you or family
members have visited. Include the day and year when the visits
occurred. Be sure to use the City, State and Day, Year rules.
Name: ____________________
Rule #3 – Comma after the greeting Rule #4 – Comma after the closing
Example:
January 25, 2004
Dear Jennifer,
Did you know that Mr. Dye likes to dress like Barney for Halloween?
Sincerely,
Charlie
Directions: On the lines below, write ten one-sentence letters like the one above. Put the
commas after the greeting and the closing. Be sure to put the greeting on the
left margin and the closing on the right margin. Also, make sure the heading,
closing, and signature are aligned.
#1
____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
#2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
#3
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
* Use a separate sheet of paper to finish #4 through #10.
Name: ____________________
Rule #5 – Direct Address

Use a comma, or commas, to set apart a sentence from the one being addressed.
Examples: John, there are tacos in the refrigerator for you.
There are tacos, John, in the refrigerator for you.
There are tacos in the refrigerator for you, John.
Rule #6 – Introductory Word / Phrase
Use a comma to set apart an introductory word or phrase from the rest of the sentence.
Examples: Yes, you may go to the dance after school.
Of course, go directly to your grandma’s house when it’s over.
1. Yes, I’m mad at you for chewing up my shoe, Rover.
Introductory Word Direct Address
2. Sorry I won’t be able to meet you after school today Kim.
3. Of course we are going to take pictures before she leaves.
4. I haven’t seen you Suzie in such a long time.
5. Hello you don’t know me, but I’m your long, lost cousin.
6. Mrs. Carter I need to go to the bathroom.
7. Will you give the tape to Karen Jacquline?
8. First of all the answers to the test come straight from your homework.
9. Secondly those of you who didn’t do their homework need to do it tonight.
10. Of course if you all study really hard class you will all do well on the test.
11. Well if you would have gone at recess you wouldn’t have this problem Jason.
12. After all the best music Cindy comes from the best music system.
13. No I want the dress with the beautiful flowers all over it.
14. Ms. Kinon will you help me with my homework?
15. Thank you Mrs. Bletterman for bringing treats to school today.
Name: ____________________
Rule #5 – Direct Address Rule #6 – Introductory Word / Phrase

I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule
1. Give the letter to Mom Jim.
2. Wait you can go to the bathroom during recess.
3. Peanut you’re the best hamster in the world.
4. First if you want a new bike Michael you must learn to take better care of your stuff.
5. Team if we win today we’ll be in first place.
6. As a matter of fact I did eat the last piece of cake.
7. Finally the person with the most points will win the trophy.
8. Yes you do look funny in that hat.
9. By the way if you wear it outside, I’ll pretend I don’t know you.
10. Kim you’re the best friend anyone could ever find.
II. Directions: Write 10 sentences about a family vacation. Use Direct Address five times
and Introductory Word / Phrase five times. Use a separate sheet of paper if needed.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Name: ____________________
Rule #1 – City, State or City, Country Rule #2 – Day, Year or Month, Year
Rule #3 – Comma after the greeting Rule #4 – Comma after the closing
Rule #5 – Direct Address Rule # 6 – Introductory Word / Phrase
1. Hannah you are the best singer in the show.
2. Many of our country’s best ships are located in San Diego California.
3. Oh I thought you were talking to me.
4. On Monday September 5 Eddie will start his first day of school.
5. Dear Barney
I am your #1 fan. By the way I have all of your videos.
Sincerely
Brian
6. Well the only tickets available are for Saturday April 3 for the afternoon show.
7. Suddenly the lion jumped from the bushes.
8. If you will wait just a second Mr. Sanchez I’ll be right back with your order.
9. There are many wonderful pyramids in Cairo Egypt.
10. Most importantly don’t forget to bring your bathing suit.
11. Dear Ronald
Of course our hamburgers are better than yours.
Yours truly
Jack
12. Please Anthony put the crayons on the table.
13. Houston Texas is a very important city for our nation’s space program.
14. No I can’t go with you Paul until I finish all my work.
15. How much will it cost to go to the water slide Jeff?
16. Mrs. Kline are we going to have homework over vacation?
17. In April 1861 the Civil War officially began.
18. Yes I will marry you Francisco.
19. My parents bought their house in Reno Nevada on November 7 1999.
20. His father works at the United States embassy in Seoul Korea.
21. Kimberly did you tell Omar that I said he was cute?
22. Dear Pinnochio
How’s life on Pleasure Island? Remember always let your conscience be your guide.
Affectionately
Jimminy
23. Larry is your birthday on Wednesday September 1 or is it Thursday September 2 ?
24. On September 9 2002 my mom had a surprise party in Lawton Oklahoma.
25. First of all you should not have waited until Tuesday December 24 to start your
shopping.
26. Best of all if we raise the money by Friday April 7 we’ll save an extra $50 for the
group Kevin
II. Directions: On a separate piece of paper, write a one paragraph letter to the president
using each of the comma rules #1 through #6.
Name: ____________________
Rule #7 – Words in a List or Phrases in a List

Use commas to separate words or phrases in a list.
Example:
I want pizza, ice-cream, cake, and soda for my party. Words in a List
The cat went up the tree, across the branch, and onto the roof. Phrases in a List
Rule #8 – Avoid Confusion

Use a comma to help avoid confusion.
Example: While sewing the coat was ripped.
To avoid confusion: While sewing, the coat was ripped.
1. We need some wood, nails, and a hammer to make our tree house.
Words in a List
2. For my birthday I received a CD bike radio and cash.
3. While rowing the boat sprung a leak.
4. We sang songs played games and ate ice cream at the party.
5. While playing the game pieces fell off the board.
6. During PE we had a run jump and kick contest.
7. For $10 I had to mow the lawn rake the leaves and sweep the sidewalk.
8. My favorite movies are Annie Babe Aladdin and The Lion King.
9. If you look down the hill are people making a movie.
10. The race will go up Hill Street across to Bixby Lane and down the Ramona Drive.
11. For the five lawns I mowed I received $10 $12 $8 $9 and $14.
12. During the past few years have been as good as these.
Name: ____________________
Rule #7 – Words / Phrases in a List Rule #8 – Avoid Confusion

1. The ball bounced against the garage, hit the window, and rolled across the lawn.
Phrases in a List
2. Our football team had a punt pass and kick contest.
3. While packing her suitcase fell on the floor.
4. The bird flew up down and around.
5. We came home watched television and went to bed.
6. My favorite colors in the rainbow are red violet and yellow.
7. While cooking the phone began to ring.
8. I’m not sure if I should have an orange a banana or a pear.
9. You can choose to do your homework help your mom or baby sit your sister.
10. If your clothes catch fire be sure to stop drop and roll.
11. While hunting the deer smelled something in the air that warned them of danger.
12. Go next door give Mrs. Garcia this package and ask her if she needs some help.
13. I don’t care if we win lose or draw.
14. Wake up take a shower eat breakfast and get ready for school.
15. If you watch the stars seem to sparkle like diamonds.
II. Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, write six sentences about camping. Write
three sentences using Words in a List and three sentences using Phrases in
a List.
Name: _________________
Rule #9 - Interrupter
Use a comma to set apart a word or phrase that interrupts a sentence.
Examples:
My mom, however, thinks that we should walk to school together.
Whenever I get a chance, which isn’t very often, I like to go fishing.
Rule #10 - Appositives

Like an interrupter, use a comma to set apart a word or phrase that explains
the noun before or after it.
Examples:
Mr. Johnson, my coach, is having a party for us after the season.
My sister’s friend, Derek, will meet us at the beach.
1. If we work later, although nobody wants to, we can take the day off on Friday.
Interrupter
2. We will visit Chicago the windy city before we reach South Bend.
3. These stamps for example come all the way from France.
4. Today’s special roast beef and fries will be served until 1:00.
5. Jim and Kyle my two best friends are helping me build my go-cart.
6. Who may I ask is going to drive you home?
7. This cat however was the runt of the litter.
8. Singapore a small island near Malaysia is a very modern city.
9. Did you know that Ms. Lee my karate instructor is getting married?
10. Our table as you will see will have the most points before the day is over.
Name: _________________
Rule #9 – Interrupter Rule #10 – Appositives

1. That’s my sister, the one in the pink dress, singing in the choir.
Appositives
2. You on the other hand need to speak louder so we can all hear.
3. Vanessa the most improved student in the class scored a 98 on her math test.
4. Those students the girls in the back row have been talking all day.
5. Bears however will take care of their young for a couple of years.
6. Cyndi is moving to New Jersey the Garden State.
7. Mrs. Bachman the principal will give our certificates at the assembly.
8. Sarah in another year will be old enough to drive.
9. Tomorrow if everyone is good I’ll bring treats for the class.
10. Karen a great leader would like to be president some day.
11. She of course will win for the third time in a row.
12. Everyone was happy even Arnold when we talked about our problems
13. Louis Sachar my favorite author will be signing his books tomorrow.
14. The ruby a very expensive gem will be on display at the museum.
15. The baby eagle when the time is right will learn to fly like its mother.
16. The Sears tower once the largest building in America is in Chicago.
17. The students for the most part were on their best behavior.
18. If you want to play, you’ll have to ask Mr. Philips the head coach.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write six sentences describing a game.

Explain the game using three interrupters and three appositives.
Name: _________________
Rule # 11 – Adjectives
Use a comma to separate two or more descriptive adjectives in row. When one is a
color, no comma is needed.
Examples:
The big, round ball bounced across the yard.
The blue shiny balloon floated away.
Rule #12 – Quotations

Use a comma to separate a quote from who said it.
Examples:
“ We’re going to get ice-cream after dinner, ” said Dad.
Dad said, “We’re going to get ice-cream after dinner. ”
“ We’re going to get ice-cream, ” said Dad, “ after dinner. ”
below each sentence. Finally, change each “said” to a better word.
announced
1. Mom said, “ Everyone needs to get ready to go.”
Quotations
2. “ We can get some cotton candy when we get to the park ” said Dad.
3. Joseph wore his bright beautiful coat to the celebration.
4. “ Under the tree ” said Sally “ there are two presents for you. ”
5. I’m in the mood for a tender juicy hamburger.
6. “ Let’s go see a movie ” said Jane.
7. “ If you are a dedicated hard-working student ” said the teacher “ you will go far. ”
8. She said “ Let’s write a story together. ”
9. The clown gave balloons to all the happy smiling children.
10. “ Put all the red round ornaments into the box ” said Grandma.
Name: _________________
Rule # 11 – Adjectives Rule #12 – Quotations

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule or
rules below each sentence. Finally, change each “said” to a better word.
praised
1. “ She always sees the positive, cheerful side of things, ” said Carol.
Adjectives Quotation
2. “ Here’s a tissue ” she said “ for that wet runny nose. ”
3. “Let’s go get some tacos ” he said.
4. “ Somebody put a big blue sign in the back of their window ” said Bill.
5. “ My grandpa is a kind old man ” said Julie.
6. The writer told about the lonely young lady who lived on the street.
7. “When will it be my turn ” she said “ to ride on the pony? ”
8. If you wear your puffy yellow jacket, you’ll stay a warm toasty girl.
9. He said “ Curiosity killed the cat. ”
10. “ Life is about the journey ” she said “ not the destination. ”
11. Simon says “ Put your hands on your hips. ”
12. “ Let’s get some warm buttery popcorn for the movie ” she said.
13. Andy told his scary exciting story to the entire group.
14. “ Rudolph with your bright shiny nose ” said Santa “ will you guide my sleigh
tonight? ”
15. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow ” said the teacher.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write ten (10) sentences about children hitting a
piñata. Write four (4) sentences using quotations, four (4) sentences using
adjectives, and two (2) sentences using both quotations and adjectives.
Name: _________________
Rule #13 – Compound Sentence

When two complete sentences are joined by the conjunctions or, and,
or but, use a comma before the conjunction.
Example:
Mom went to get the food, and Dad went to get the video.
Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, circle the subjects in each sentence.
1. Do you want us to help, or would you like to do it yourself ?
2. Bruce sang a song and he signed autographs for his fans.
3. We wanted to play video games but my brother broke the television.
4. Do all your homework now or you’ll go to bed early.
5. The magician performed his tricks and the audience sat in amazement.
6. The game was supposed to start at 1:00 but it started to rain.
7. Take care of your toys or they won’t last very long.
8. I drew the pictures and she wrote the poem.
9. The climbers were ready to leave but the sun was beginning to set.
10. You can wash the car or I can pay someone else to do it.
11. The mother took a nap and the puppies played with the ball.
12. We all wanted to eat some cookies but nobody wanted to make them.
13. Leave your sister alone or I’ll give you a spanking.
14. They waited for ten minutes but the waiter didn’t bring our drinks.
15. The driver circled the museum and the tour guide described the city.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write five compound

sentences about children on a playground.
Name: _________________
Rule #7 – Words / Phrases in a List Rule #8 – Avoid Confusion

Rule #9 – Interrupter Rule #10 – Appositives
Rule #11 – Adjectives Rule #12 – Quotations
Rule #13 – Compound Sentence
I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule or
rules below each sentence.
1. Mr. Ly, the PTA president, talked about our reading, writing, and math scores.
Appositives Words in a List
2. While driving the car suddenly started to make strange squeaky sounds.
3. Our school however has some of the best students in the state.
4. Either you can wash the dishes or you can sweep the floor.
5. “ We’re going sailing tomorrow ” said Mary.
6. “ We sold $50 worth of sour cherry licorice ” she said “ for our field trip. ”
7. The dog jumped on the couch looked out the window and barked at the mailman.
8. While working the computers shut down.
9. The actor while waiting for his turn to perform practiced his lines.
10. “ Take the card to Sarah my aunt after dinner ” she said.
11. It was time for the show to start but the audience was still being seated.
12. “ I can’t wait to sleep in my soft comfortable bed ” he said.
13. We looked in the cupboards closets and shelves for my tools.
14. The parade of course will be filled with many colorful floats.
15. In the night time seems to stand still.
16. The volcano blew thick blazing lava into the air.
17. “ When you get on the ride ” said the engineer “ keep your hands inside the car. ”
18. The wolf made a sad lonely cry at the full moon.
19. Mr. Park our new mayor gave a speech about hope peace and friendship.
20. We decorated the house and they made all the food.
21. Everyone said that Jose is a short slow runner but he is the best player on the field.
22. “ I want a new dishwasher ” announced Lucy.
23. Mr. Mertz the apartment manager came over to repair the sink fix the door and
clean the windows.
24. Early in the morning before the crowds arrived we went shopping at the mall.
25. You can choose a scrambled poached or fried egg sandwich.
26. While eating the dog started to beg for scraps.
27. “ Life is like a box of chocolates ” said Forest “ because you never know what you’re
gonna get. ”
28. If you like these cookies most people do I can get you the recipe.
29. Alice the star of the show will tell a lot of short funny jokes during the play.
30. Ellen said “ This is going to be the best birthday ever. ”
Name: _________________
I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule or
rules below each sentence.
1. Jim and Kyle my two best friends are helping me build my go-cart.
2. “ Let’s go see a movie ” said Jane.
3. We wanted to play video games but my brother broke the television.
4. We sang songs played games and ate ice-cream at the party.
5. On Monday August 1 we will go to Phoenix Arizona for my brother’s wedding.
6. Dear Louis
Be sure to bring your bathing suit to my house next week.
Sincerely
Suzi
7. After eating the cat ate the crumbs off the floor.
8. “ Under the tree ” said Sally “ there are two presents for you. ”
9. Yes you may go to the dance after school.
10. There are tacos John in the refrigerator for you.
11. “ My grandpa is a kind old man ” said Julie.
12. Derek my sister’s friend will meet us at the beach.
13. She of course will win for the third time in a row.
14. Is your birthday on March 2 1991 or March 1 1992 ?
l5. Give the crayons to Tommy Billy.
16. I’m in the mood for a tender juicy hamburger.
17. Fred the key to the house is inside the mailbox.
18. My favorite colors are blue green and yellow.
19. The game was supposed to start at 1:00 but it started to rain.
20. Who may I ask is going to drive you home?
21. Sorry the store will be closed for the holiday.
22. She said “ Let’s get some warm buttery popcorn for the movie ”
23. On Tuesday January 1 2002 games were played in Miami Florida and Dallas Texas.
24. Suddenly the lion jumped from the bushes.
25. Jamie are you going to join us for dinner ?
26. Do you want us to help you or would you like to do it yourself ?
27. During the past few years have been as good as these.
28. We will visit Chicago the Windy City before we reach South Bend.
29. “ We sold $50 worth of sour cherry licorice ” she said “ for our field trip. ”
30. The climbers were ready to leave but the sun was beginning to set.
31. Vanessa the most improved student in the class scored a 98 on her math test.
32. Go next door give Mrs. Garcia this package and ask her if she needs some help.
33. Bears however will take care of their young for a couple of years.
34. The president will visit Bangkok Thailand on Wednesday November 14.
35. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow ” said the teacher.
36. Peanut you’re the best hamster in the world.
II. Directions: Select a topic. Write three sentences for each comma rule about that topic.
Name _____________________
I. Capitalization
Use your literature book to find an example of a word that uses the capitalization rules listed below:
Days of the Week – __________________________
Language – __________________________
Name of Institution or Business – ________________________________
Region – __________________________
Title - __________________________
II. Comma Rules

Use your literature book to find five ( 5 ) sentences that use commas. Write the sentence
and the name of the comma rule it follows. Make sure you find five different comma rules.
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ Name of Rule: ____________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ Name of Rule: ____________________________
3. _________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ Name of Rule: ____________________________
4. _________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ Name of Rule: _____________________________
5. _________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________ Name of Rule: ____________________________
Name _____________________
Directions: In the sentences below, put commas where they are needed. Write the name
of the comma rule below each sentence.
1. While packing her lunch got smashed.
2. Mr. Ramirez our coach made us do running drills for an hour.
3. When we got home, we unpacked washed our clothes and put them away.
4. Dad said “ We’re leaving for Disneyland in five minutes.”
5. Mom told me to get pencils paper and notebooks for the meeting.
6. During the song a fly flew into the singer’s mouth.
7. While at the park, we jumped played ate and swam.
8. Mom I think I have a fever.
9. Beautiful tropical birds are often found flying around the jungle.
10. The cat ran through the house out the back door and into our back yard.
11. The students who understand comma rules hopefully will become better writers.
12. The coach yelled “Get back on the base!” as the outfielder caught the ball.
13. “ Thank you for your kindness ” replied Mary as she put the packages into the car.
14. The boys were going to the party but they had to clean their room first.
15. I’ll give you an A Brittany if you get all the answers correct.
( #16 - #25 on the back )
16. Dear students
I hope you all do well.
Sincerely
Mr. Dye
17. The students had a tired blank look on their faces during the lesson.
18. Mrs. Carter and Ms. Kinon two of the school’s fifth grade teachers went on a field
trip to the beach.
19. I received a large brown package from the post office last week.
20. Mrs. Bletterman you’re the nicest teacher in the world.
21. Send the letter to 3333 Main St. Seal Beach California.
22. Wait the rest of the class isn’t ready.
23. Tim waited for his mom and she arrived right on time.
24. After beating my brother at Go Fish, I danced around him as I made loud obnoxious
noises.
25. On vacation we went swimming in the lake water-skiing in the ocean and snorkeling
in the lagoon.
Directions: In the sentences below, put commas where they are needed.
1. While packing, her lunch got smashed.

Avoid Confusion
2. Mr. Ramirez, our coach, made us do running drills for an hour.
Appositives
3. When we got home, we unpacked, washed our clothes, and put them away.
Phrases in a List
4. Dad said, “ We’re leaving for Disneyland in five minutes.”
Quotations
5. Mom told me to get pencils, paper, and notebooks for the meeting.
Words in a List
6. During the song, a fly flew into the singer’s mouth.
Introductory Phrase
7. While at the park, we jumped, played, ate, and swam.
Words in a List
8. Mom, I think I have a fever.
Direct Address
9. Beautiful, tropical birds are often found flying around the jungle.
Adjectives
10. The cat ran through the house, out the back door, and into our back yard.
Phrases in a List
11. The students who understand comma rules, hopefully, will become better writers.
Interrupter
12. The coach yelled, “Get back on the base!” as the outfielder caught the ball.
Quotations
13. “ Thank you for your kindness, ” replied Mary as she put the packages into the car.
Quotations
14. The boys were going to the party, but they had to clean their room first.
Compound Sentence
15. I’ll give you an A, Brittany, if you get all the answers correct.
Direct Address
16. Dear students,
Greeting
I hope you all do well.
Sincerely,
Closing
Mr. Dye
17. The students had a tired, blank look on their faces during the lesson.
Adjectives
18. Mrs. Carter and Ms. Kinon, two of the school’s fifth grade teachers, went on a field
Appositives
trip to the beach.
19. I received a large brown package from the post office last week.
Adjectives
20. Mrs. Bletterman, you’re the nicest teacher in the world.
Direct Address
21. Send the letter to 3333 Main St. Seal Beach, California.
City, State
22. Wait, the rest of the class isn’t ready.
Introductory Word
23. Tim waited for his mom, and she arrived right on time.
Compound Sentence
24. After beating my brother at Go Fish, I danced around him as I made loud, obnoxious
Adjectives
noises.
25. On vacation we went swimming in the lake, water-skiing in the ocean, and
Phrases in a List
snorkeling in the lagoon.
Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns
Apostrophe: Contractions
Colons and Semicolons
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns
2. Apostrophe: Contractions
3. Colons and Semicolons
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns
2. Apostrophe: Contractions
3. Colons and Semicolons
Name: _________________
Definition: A possessive noun shows ownership by using an

apostrophe.
Rule #1 Singular Nouns – add ( ’s )
Singular Noun Possessive
dog dog + ’s the dog’s dish The dog owns the dish.
man man + ’s a man’s car A man owns the car.
Rule #2 Plural Nouns – add (’ )

Plural Nouns Possessive
boys boys + ’ the boys’ team Several boys own the team.
owners owners + ’ the owners’ meeting Several owners own the meeting.
Rules #1 and #2 are the basic rules to follow.

However, sometimes tricky situations arise and these
rules no longer work. Below are a couple more rules to
follow.
Rule #3 Singular Nouns that end in “s” or “z”
If the noun is one syllable, add (’s ), the same as Rule #1.
If the noun has two or more syllables, only add ( ’ ).
One Syllable Examples Two Syllables Examples

Chris Chris + ’s Chris’s bike business business + ’ business’ name
Oz Oz + ’s Oz’s city Cortez Cortez + ’ Cortez’ ships
gas gas + ’s gas’s smell Thomas Thomas + ’ Thomas’ friend
Rule #4 Plural nouns that do NOT end in “s”.

Because these words are plural on their own, without adding s,
put (’s ) to separate the s from the rest of the word.
Plural Possessive Plural Possessive

women women + ’s women’s club people people + ’s people’s choice
men men + ’s men’s section geese geese + ’s geese’s park
Name: _________________
Part I – Rules #1 and #2

Directions: Add ( ’ ) where needed. Next draw an arrow from the possessive noun to what
is owned. Finally, below the line, write “singular” or “plural” depending on
the noun.
Example: the toys button the toy’s button

Singular
1. a dolls house 5. both of my hands gloves 9. several waves sound
2. two cars garage 6. many ducks pond 10. the partys music
3. the familys vacation 7. my dads car 11. a doctors office
4. a singers song 8. Kimberlys performance 12. The stories author
Part II – Rules #3 and #4

Directions: Rewrite the phrases below using possessives. Add ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed.
1. A bike belonging to Bess - _Bess’s bike__ 6. The room of Ross - ___________________
2. The ship of Cortez - ___________________ 7. The room of the governess - ___________
3. The chair of the boss - ___________________ 8. The sound of jazz - ___________________
4. A governor of Arkansas - __________________ 9. A shirt for Francis - __________________
5. The cause of the fracas - ___________________ 10. The disciples of Jesus - _______________
Part III – Rules #1 through #4

1. The meadow of the deer - __________________ 7. The Emerald City of Oz - _____________
2. Projects belonging to students - ____________ 8. Songs of the bands - __________________
3. The lake of the bass - _____________________ 9. A locker room for men - _______________
4. A flower of a girl - ________________________ 10. The flame of a candle - _______________
5. Carts belonging to shoppers - ______________ 11. A dress for an empress - ______________
6. The plane of a pilot - ______________________ 12. A hospital for the doctor - ____________
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write any 10 possessive nouns from

this page in sentences.
Name: _________________
Part I – Rules #1 through #4

Directions: Add ( ’ ) where needed. Next, draw an arrow from the possessive noun to
what is owned. Finally, below the line, write “singular” or “plural”
depending on the noun.
Example: the toys button the toy’s button
Singular
1. womens book club 6. two cubs tired mother 11. two sisters red lipstick
2. a tigers big cage 7. a salesmans first customer 12. an actress big movie
3. several horses many riders 8. a waitress many tips 13. many teachers lounge
4. the dresses half-price sale 9. the buzzs strange sound 14. a winds chill
5. a skateboarders awesome spin 10. a boys best friend 15. a childs broken toy
Part II – Rules #1 through #4

1. The black ink from the printer - _____________________________
2. A retirement party for Mr. Bozz - _____________________________
3. The underground home of the ants - _____________________________
4. A difficult job of the stewardess - _____________________________
5. All the former governors of Kansas - _____________________________
6. The beautiful formation of the flock of geese - ________________________________
7. The bookcase for my thesaurus - _____________________________
8. A comfortable bed for my puppies - _____________________________
9. Some shoppers from the mall - _____________________________
10. A birthday present for Thomas - _____________________________
11. Some tasty donuts for my students - _____________________________
12. The soft music from the band - _____________________________
Name: _________________
Try this trick: If the ( s ) in the word is NOT normally there, then add ( ’s). If the ( s ) IS
normally there, just add ( ’ ).
Example:
toy - no s, so add ( ’s ) = toy’s toys – the s is there, so just add ( ’ ) = toys’
child – no s, so add ( ’s ) = child’s children – no s, so add ( ’s ) = children’s
* Don’t forget the one and two syllable rule for singular words that end in ( s ).
Part I - Write the possessive form for each word. Use ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed.
1. toys - ___toys’___ 6. calendar - ____________ 11. book - __________
2. toy - ___toy’s___ 7. calendars - ____________ 12. books - __________
3. man - __________ 8. dogs - __________ 13. child - __________
4. men - __________ 9. dog - __________ 14. children - ___________
5. actress - __________ 10. Mr. Cruz - ____________ 15. dress - __________
Part II – Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive.
1. ____Washington’s birthday__ a birthday for Washington
2. ___________________________ a present for Rick and Omar
3. ___________________________ flowery curtains for windows
4. ___________________________ a dark cave for several bats
5. ___________________________ a big, juicy bone for a dog
6. ___________________________ warm gloves for Mr. Perez
7. ___________________________ a nest for some birds
8. ___________________________ candy for a baby
9. ___________________________ a small hole for two mice
10. ___________________________ a locker for a student
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write any ten (10 ) words from Part I in a sentence.
Name: _________________
Part I - Write the possessive form for each word or words. Use ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed.
1. boys and girls - __boys and girls’ __ 4. cup and plate - _____________________
boy and girl - ____________________ cups and plates - ____________________
2. music and lyric - ____________________ 5. spider and fly - _____________________
music and lyrics - ___________________ spiders and flies - ____________________
3. cook and waitress - ____________________ 6. Jesus and his disciples - ______________
cooks and waitresses - ____________________ 7. Kim and Bess - _____________________
Part II - Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive.
1. _____boys and girls’ clubs____ clubs for boys and girls
2. ____________________________ laces on a glove
3. ____________________________ a choice for the people
4. ____________________________ a clean room for Shawn and Ryan
5. ____________________________ the address of the house
6. ____________________________ cheese for some mice
7. ____________________________ the beginning of an idea
8. ____________________________ a garden for birds and bees
9. ____________________________ the new folder for Andy
10. ____________________________ tools for the mechanics
11. ____________________________ pizza for the class
12. ____________________________ homework for Sandra
13. ____________________________ fresh milk for the babies
14. ____________________________ the signals for the pitcher and catcher
15. ____________________________ a league for men and women
Name: _________________
Directions: Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive.
Example: ___the pool’s water___ the water from the pool
1. ____________________________ the flag of the country
2. ____________________________ the beach of the surfers
3. ____________________________ the buttons on the dress
4. ____________________________ a party for friends and neighbors
5. ____________________________ lessons from the story
6. ____________________________ shine from brass
7. ____________________________ bright stars on a flag
8. ____________________________ a song from the movie
9. ____________________________ the arrival of the king and queen
10. ___________________________ the job of Mr. Lopez
11. ___________________________ the big ship belonging to the sailors
12. ___________________________ the color of the skies
13. ___________________________ grades belonging to a student
14. ___________________________ the wedding vows of the man and woman
15. ___________________________ a job of the boss
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write any 10 possessive nouns

from this page in sentences.
Name: _________________

Example: ___the pool’s water___ the water from the pool
1. ____________________________ the milk from the glass
2. ____________________________ a field for some players
3. ____________________________ a letter for Mom and Dad
4. ____________________________ stories from Mr. Cortez
5. ____________________________ the weapons for the soldiers
6. ____________________________ a lesson from history
7. ____________________________ the high price of the tickets
8. ____________________________ the role of the actress
9. ____________________________ a partnership between Tom and Jerry
10. ___________________________ freedom for Americans
11. ___________________________ money for charities
12. ___________________________ the order for the waitress
13. ___________________________ the shape of the clouds
14. ___________________________ a director for the movie
15. ___________________________ supplies for the teachers and students
Name: _________________
Definition: “Contract” means “to shorten.” Therefore, a contraction is when two words
are shortened into one word. An apostrophe is used to show where letters
from one of the words were left out.
Examples: he + is = he’s John + is = John’s you + are = you’re
missing i missing i missing a
Directions: Fill in the blanks with the correct words. Write the missing letter from the
contractions on the lines to the right.
Missing Letters Missing Letters
1. she has ______she’s______ ___ha___ 16. _________________ I’m _______
2. would not _________________ ________ 17. _________________ could’ve _______
3. we have _________________ ________ 18. _________________ we’re _______
4. _________________ he’s ________ 19. I have ________________ _______
5. _________________ shouldn’t ________ 20. would have _______________ _______
6. _________________ don’t ________ 21. could have ________________ _______
7. we will _________________ ________ 22. _________________ I’ll _______
8. they are _________________ ________ 23. _________________ hasn’t _______
9. she is _________________ ________ 24. _________________ can’t _______
10. _________________ aren’t ________ 25. you are ________________ _______
11. _________________ she’d ________ 26. it is ________________ _______
12. _________________ it’ll ________ 27. they would _______________ _______
13. cannot _________________ ________ 28. _________________ there’s _______
14. will not _________________ ________ 29. _________________ hadn’t _______
15. were not _________________ ________ 30. _________________ haven’t _______
Extension: 1. For the contractions above, write any contraction that you missed five
times. 2. Write the contractions that you missed in a sentence. If you
received a perfect score, select any 5 contractions and write them in a sentence.
Name: _________________
Directions: Fill in the blanks with the correct contraction or write the two words formed by
the contraction.
1. have not ____________________ 11. ____________________ I’m
2. Kim will ____________________ 12. ____________________ you’re
3. were not ____________________ 13. ____________________ can’t
4. __Joy and Carrie are__ Joy and Carrie’re 14. I had ____________________
5. ____________________ hadn’t 15. there is ____________________
6. ____________________ Bill and Jeff’ll 16. would not ____________________
7. Mom is ____________________ 17. ____________________ won’t
8. they are ____________________ 18. ____________________ Tom’ll
9. we will ____________________ 19. ____________________ it’s
10. will not ____________________ 20. ____________________ Kay and Susan’re
Extension: Write the following contractions in a sentence.

1. They’ll 2. Mom’ll 3. won’t 4. Dad’s 5. wouldn’t
Example: “They’ll come over for the slumber party!” shouted Elizabeth.
1. __________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. __________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Name: _________________
Directions: Use the words in the box below to make as many contractions as possible
for each word listed.
not would am
are had is
will have
Example:
She - __she’d__ __she’d__ __she’s__ __she’ll__
1. he - __________ __________ __________ __________
2. they - __________ __________ __________ __________ __________
3. I - __________ __________ __________ __________
4. you - __________ __________ __________ __________ __________
5. we - __________ __________ __________ __________ __________
6. could - __________ __________
7. it - __________ __________
8. should - ___________ __________
9. would - __________ __________
10. do - __________ 13. has - __________
11. will - __________ 14. did - __________
12. are - __________ 15. have - __________
Name: _________________
Directions: Each sentence below has words that can form contractions. Rewrite the words
as contractions below each sentence.
Example: My mom said that you should not talk with your mouth full. ( 1 )
shouldn’t
1. I am ready for the test that she is giving. (2)
2. Mom would not tell us what is in the box because it is a surprise. (3)
3. She will not take the boys until they are finished with their homework. ( 2 )
4. We have been chosen to decorate the school, and we will start today. (2)
5. It is time to go so they are going to say goodbye now. (2)
6. Tom cannot swim so he should not go in the water without supervision. ( 2 )
7. Tori should not play, Vanessa could not play, and Heather would not play. ( 3 )
8. Do not open your present until I am finished baking your cake. (2)
9. The coach said that you will play if he is sure you are not sick. (3)
10. Mrs. Wallace did not stop talking because the movie had not started yet. (2)
11. John is going but we will have to stay here. (2)
12. Tina will not go because I cannot go. (2)
Extension: Write the following contractions in a sentence.

can’t won’t shouldn’t couldn’t I’m weren’t haven’t
Name: _________________
When to use colons:

1. Setting off lists. Ex. Bring the following materials: paper, pencils, and crayons.
2. Time – to set apart hours from minutes from seconds.
Ex. 5:25:44 = 5 hours, 25 minutes, 44 seconds.
3. Business Letter – after the greeting. Ex. Dear Sir:
4. Between the chapter and verses of the Bible. Ex. John 3:16
When to use semicolons:

1. To join two closely related sentences.
Ex. The bell rang; the students rushed for the door.
2. Setting off lists with commas.
Ex. During the game the ladies talked, laughed, and cheered; the men
played, yelled, and argued; and the children ate, drank, and slept.
Directions: Place a colon or semicolon as needed in the following sentences. Write the
number of the rule below each colon or semicolon.
1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 ; I’ll bring everything for the game.
C#2 S#1
2. At 12 00 A.M. the Pope will read Matthew 5 3-12 he will close in prayer at 12 30.
3. Dear Madam
In my next order, I would like the following scissors, glue, tape, and paper.
4. The school record for the city marathon is 3 55 23.
5. John 11 35 is the shortest verse in the Bible it says, “Jesus wept.”
6. These are the members of our new math team Jose, Karen, Fabricio, and Corina.
7. At 12 00 A.M. we celebrated it was the beginning of a new year.
8. To Whom It May Concern
Your batteries only lasted for 2 15 18 in my radio I’m switching to another battery.
Name: _________________
Directions: In the letter below, place colons and semicolons where needed. Write the
number of the rule from worksheet #1 below each colon or semicolon.
Dear Sir
Thank you for planning our son’s birthday party for us. I’d like to give you
some important information for the party it’s important that everything runs
smoothly. The party must begin at exactly 6 4 5 P.M. as we would like to
surprise him at 7 3 0. Please have the following items ready for the start of the
party the music, refreshments, decorations, and entertainment. Also, we would
like to have the Bible verse Psalm 119 9-11 printed on the invitations. In regards
to the music, we would like these things fun songs for singing, dancing, and
playing slow songs so people can relax, unwind, and talk and fast songs for the
boys, girls and young at heart. During the music, it might be fun to have a
dance-a-thon contest. Last year the winning time was 1 15 21. If all goes well,
the party should end sometime around 11 30. I’m sure it will be a great party you
come highly recommended. Thank you for everything.
Sincerely,
Ben Dover
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper write one sentence for each

semicolon and colon rule.
Name: _________________
C#2 S#1
2. We had a moment of silence at 9 11 we all remembered our heroes.
3. When you get home, have Mandy do the following chores wash, dry, and brush out
Fluffy send out invitations for the cat show and show Tom, Mike, and Monique how
to do it.
4. Dear Sir
The verse you wrote in your column was John 1 7, not Matthew 1 7.
5. I need the following for the party cookies, candy, and ice-cream.
6. Thomas’ time for the race was 1 08 11 it was the fastest time all year.
7. The 2 55 bus didn’t arrive until 3 15.
8. I’ll only eat these vegetables peas, carrots, and green beans.
My daughter was absent yesterday because she was sick she had the flu.
10. To be finished at 5 30, his final time needs to be 2 12 07.
11. When spring begins, we will have beautiful weather, long days, and more time to
play our parents will come home early and take us to practice and everyone will be
ready for school to end.
12. Be sure to study these words diminish, abstract, and amble.
13. The first verse in the Bible is Genesis 1 1.
Extension: On a separate sheet of paper write one sentence for

each semicolon and colon rule.
Name: _________________
C#2 S#1
2. Dear Madam
Your party was fantastic we didn’t leave until 2 30 in the morning.
3. Our timer says that we’ve been at this jog-a-thon for 2 04 11.
4. The lions can jump, climb, and roar the monkeys can swing, climb, and play and the
pandas can eat leaves, climb trees, and look cute.
5. At 2 45 school will be over everyone will go crazy.
Directions: In the letter below, place colons and semicolons where needed. Write the
number of the rule from worksheet #1 below each colon or semicolon.
To Whom It May Concern

I’m writing to tell you about your new product called SuperSkater it stinks.
In your commercial, which is always on at 5 15, it says that it is “super fast” and
“super strong”. Before we even got to use it, we discovered that it was missing the
following pieces a wheel, a bolt, and a washer. We returned it to the store the store
gave us a new one. My brother put the stickers on the top, bottom, and sides screwed
on the front and back wheels then tightened all the screws. At 3 12 on Friday,
April 13, he immediately jumped on the board and headed down a hill. Suddenly
washers, nuts, and ball bearings were all over the ground the four wheels were going
north, south, east, and west and my brother was surfing down the street trying to
keep his balance. I’m sure the fact that he weighs almost three hundred pounds has
nothing to do with the fact that your SuperSkater fell apart it’s a bad product.
Sincerely,
Patty Kake
Name: _________________
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite each pair of sentences in two ways:
1) Using a semicolon, and 2) As a compound sentence. ( Use and, but, or or )
Example: I needed a hammer. / She went to the store.

Semicolon: I needed a hammer; she went to the store.
Compound Sentence: I needed a hammer, and she went to the store.
1. There was a lot of work to be done. / Nobody showed up to help.
2. I’ve been sick for a week. / My medicine made me feel better.
3. The game was long. / The game was fun.
4. She can play the flute. / She can play the drums.
5. We’re going to Hawaii for our vacation. / We’re staying for two weeks.
6. John cleaned his room. / Matthew messed it up.
7. Sally wanted to go to the party. / She had to baby-sit for her mom.
8. Rick worked very hard this year. / He won the Most-Improved-Student award.
9. The concert was supposed to start at 7:00. / It was cancelled because it rained.
10. We were all late for dinner. / The food was very cold.
Name: _________________
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite each pair of sentences in two ways:
1) Using a semicolon, and 2) As a compound sentence. ( Use and, but, or or )
Example: I needed a hammer. / She went to the store.

Semicolon: I needed a hammer; she went to the store.
Compound Sentence: I needed a hammer, and she went to the store.
1. Jerry scored twenty points. / We lost the game anyway.
2. Carrie only eats healthy food. / She never gets sick.
3. We waited for thirty minutes. / The doctor finally arrived.
4. We all worked together. / We won the game.
5. The printer wouldn’t work. / I used the copy machine instead.
6. The bear ruined our tent. / We had to sleep in the cabin.
7. The meeting is tomorrow. / The boss needs the information today.
8. The kids at the party wanted to dance. / They danced for an hour.
9. The music was loud. / The music was fun.
10. He asked for a hamburger. / They gave him a hotdog.
Name: _____________________
I. Apostrophe - Contractions
Directions: Change each group of words into a contraction.
1. should have - ________________________ 4. cannot - ___________________________

2. would not - _________________________ 5. is not - ____________________________
3. will not - ___________________________ 6. I would - __________________________
II. Apostrophe - Possessives

Example: ____shirt’s button___ - button for a shirt
1. ___________________________ - toy for a child
2. ___________________________ - pond of many ducks
3. ___________________________ - room of the girl
4. ___________________________ - bedroom of Kyle and Jacob
5. ___________________________ - faces of the children
6. ___________________________ - trail of the hikers
7. ___________________________ - class of many students
8. ___________________________ - book belonging to Ross
9. ___________________________ - club of the women
10. __________________________ - cheese of the mice
III. Colons and Semicolons

Directions: Place a colon or semicolon where it belongs.
1. Dear sir
2. 3 00 A.M.
3. Things to do take out the trash, feed the dog, and mow the lawn.
4. I felt sick I went home.
5. You need to bring these things paper, pencil, and a ruler.
6. It is late everyone went home.
8. 700 P.M.
I. Apostrophe - Contractions
Directions: Change each group of words into a contraction.
1. should have - __should’ve__________ 4. cannot - ___can’t__________________
2. would not - ___wouldn’t____________ 5. is not - ____isn’t___________________
3. will not - ____won’t________________ 6. I would - ___I’d____________________
II. Apostrophe - Possessives

Example: ____shirt’s button___ - button for a shirt
1. ______child’s toy____________ - toy for a child
2. ______ducks’ pond___________ - pond of many ducks
3. ______girl’s room____________ - room of the girl
4. ___Kyle and Jacob’s bedroom_ - bedroom of Kyle and Jacob
5. ______children’s faces________ - faces of the children
6. _______hikers’ trail__________ - trail of all the hikers
7. _______students’ class________ - class of many students
8. _______Ross’s book__________ - book belonging to Ross
9. _______women’s club________ - club of the women
10. ______mice’s cheese_________ - cheese of the mice
III. Colons and Semicolons

Directions: Place a colon or semicolon where it belongs.
1. Dear sir:
2. 3 : 00 A.M.
3. Things to do: Take out the trash, feed the dog, and mow the lawn.
4. I felt sick; I went home.
5. You need to bring these things: paper, pencil, and a ruler.
8. It is late; everyone went home.
9. To Whom It May Concern:
8. 7:00 P.M.
Common Prefixes
Common Suffixes
Common Homonyms
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Common Prefixes
2. Common Suffixes
3. Common Homophones
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Common Prefixes
2. Common Suffixes
3. Common Homophones
For the teacher:
1. Ask the students to spell “subjugate”.
2. Write “subjugate” on the board in syllables.

sub
ju
gate
3. Explain to your students that a word is easier to spell when you learn to spell its
syllables. Practice spelling “subjugate” with the class in syllables.
4. Explain that understanding the definition of a word is easier if you understand the
meaning of its parts. By understanding the definition of prefixes, you have a big clue
when you come to words you do not know.
For example, “sub” means “under or below”. Ask the students if they can guess
what subjugate might mean. Look it up in the dictionary and discuss the definition.
5. Using the worksheets (Prefix #1), have the students look up words that start with
“sub”. Write five words on the paper. Have them only write words where sub is used
as a prefix. They can tell by the definition (under or below should be part of the
definition).
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 with the rest of the words on the worksheet.
7. Use the words that they find as spelling lists for the next few weeks.
8. The process above can be repeated with Prefix #2.
Answers to Prefix and Answers to Prefix and

Suffix Review #1: Suffix Review #2:
1. D 5. B 1. C 5. B
2. A 6. D 2. B 6. D
3. C 7. D 3. A 7. C
4. B 8. A 4. B 8. A
Name: __________________
Main Idea: Prefixes change the meaning of a word.

A prefix is added to a base word to change its meaning.
Example:
“pre” means before. pre + test = pretest (before a test)
I. Directions: Use a dictionary to look up four ( 4 ) words with the prefixes listed below.
Write the base word on the line. Next, write the base word with the
prefix together. Finally, write the definition of the word.
Note: When looking up the word, if there is no base word, it is not a prefix.
1. sub – under or below

Base Word Definition
sub - ___atomic___ = __subatomic__ : ___relating to the inner part of the atom_____
sub - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
sub - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
sub - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
2. dis – expel; opposite

dis - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
dis - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
dis - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
dis - _____________ = _______________ : _______________________________________________
3. trans – across; over; through

trans - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
trans - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
trans - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
trans - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
4. super – above; over; better
super - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
super - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
super - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
super - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
5. anti - against
anti - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
anti - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
anti - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
anti - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
II. Spelling List: Write the twenty words that you have found from the dictionary on the
lines below. Put lines between the syllables and practice spelling the syllables within
the word. Take a spelling test when you are ready.
1. ___________________________________ 11. _____________________________________

2. ___________________________________ 12. _____________________________________
3. ___________________________________ 13. _____________________________________
4. ___________________________________ 14. _____________________________________
5. ___________________________________ 15. _____________________________________
6. ___________________________________ 16. _____________________________________
7. ___________________________________ 17. _____________________________________
8. ___________________________________ 18. _____________________________________
9. ___________________________________ 19. _____________________________________
10. ___________________________________ 20. _____________________________________
Extension: Make flash cards of the 5 prefixes: sub, bi, trans, super, anti. Put the
prefix on the front. Put the definition and a sample word on the back.
Name: __________________
Main Idea: Prefixes change the meaning of a word.

A prefix is added to a base word to change its meaning.
Example:
“pre” means before. pre + test = pretest (before a test)
I. Directions: Use a dictionary to look up four ( 4 ) words with the prefixes listed below.
Write the base word on the line. Next, write the base word with the prefix
together. Finally, write the definition of the word.
Note: When looking up the word, if there is no base word, it is not a prefix.
1. peri - around
peri - __meter____ = __perimeter_ : ___The measurement around a figure_______
peri - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
peri - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
peri - ____________ = ______________ : ______________________________________________
2. non - opposite
non - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
non - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
non - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
non - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
3. hyper – over; above; more than needed

hyper - _____________ = _______________ : ____________________________________________
hyper - _____________ = _______________ : ____________________________________________
hyper - _____________ = _______________ : ____________________________________________
hyper - _____________ = _______________ : ____________________________________________
4. ultra – extremely; very much
ultra - _____________ = _______________ : _____________________________________________
ultra - _____________ = _______________ : _____________________________________________
ultra - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
ultra - _____________ = _______________ : ______________________________________________
5. co – working together; equal

co - _____________ = _______________ : _____________________________________________
co - _____________ = _______________ : _____________________________________________
co - _____________ = _______________ : _____________________________________________
co - _____________ = _______________ : _____________________________________________
II. Spelling List: Write the twenty words that you have found from the dictionary on the
lines below. Put lines between the syllables and practice spelling the syllables within
1. ___________________________________ 11. _____________________________________

2. ___________________________________ 12. _____________________________________
3. ___________________________________ 13. _____________________________________
4. ___________________________________ 14. _____________________________________
5. ___________________________________ 15. _____________________________________
6. ___________________________________ 16. _____________________________________
7. ___________________________________ 17. _____________________________________
8. ___________________________________ 18. _____________________________________
9. ___________________________________ 19. _____________________________________
10. ___________________________________ 20. _____________________________________
Extension: Make flash cards out of the 5 prefixes: peri, non, hyper, ultra, co. Put
the prefix on the front. Put the definition and a sample word on the back.
Name: __________________
Main Idea: A suffix changes the part of speech of a word.

Examples:
wash = verb washable = adjective / dark = adjective darkness = noun
Suffixes
1. y – full of (adjective) 6. ous – full of (adjective)
.
2. ism – characteristic of (noun) 7. ia – name of a place or disease (noun)

3. ist – person who does (noun) 8. ize – to cause to become (verb)
4. ible – able to (adjective) 9. ive – having the characteristics of
5. tion – the act of (nouns) (adjective)
10. ant – person or thing that does or is (noun)
Directions: Add a suffix to the words below. Next to each word, write the new part of
speech. Some words can have more than one suffix.
* Note: You may have to change the spelling when adding a suffix.
1. interrupt - __interruption = noun_________
2. fame - ________________________________________________________________
3. stick - ________________________________________________________________
4. art - ________________________________________________________________
5. instruct - ________________________________________________________________
6. monster - ________________________________________________________________
7. destruct - _______________________________________________________________
8. defend - _____________________________________________________________
9. race - _______________________________________________________________
10. react - _____________________________________________________________
11. disaster - ____________________________________________________________
12. mess - ______________________________________________________________________
13. create - _____________________________________________________________________
14. type - _______________________________________________________________________
15. talk - _______________________________________________________________________
16. Indian - _____________________________________________________________________
17. imperial - ___________________________________________________________________
18. hunger - ____________________________________________________________________
19. impress - ____________________________________________________________________
20. effect - ______________________________________________________________________
II. Circle one word on each line above. Write the words below. This is your spelling list for
the week. Put a line between the syllables and practice spelling the syllables within
1. ___________________________________ 11. _____________________________________

2. ___________________________________ 12. _____________________________________
3. ___________________________________ 13. _____________________________________
4. ___________________________________ 14. _____________________________________
5. ___________________________________ 15. _____________________________________
6. ___________________________________ 16. _____________________________________
7. ___________________________________ 17. _____________________________________
8. ___________________________________ 18. _____________________________________
9. ___________________________________ 19. _____________________________________
10. ___________________________________ 20. _____________________________________
Extension: Make flash cards out of the ten suffixes: y, ism, ist, ible, tion, ous, ia, ize,
ive, ant. Put the suffix on the front. Put the definition and a sample
word on the back.
Name: ______________ Name: ______________ Name: ______________
Correct: _____________ Correct: _____________ Correct: _____________
You have one minute to You have one minute to You have one minute to
write the definitions of write the definitions of write the definitions of
the prefixes and suffixes the prefixes and suffixes the prefixes and suffixes
below. below. below.
1. sub - ________________ 1. ultra - _______________ 1. non - _______________
2. dis - _______________ 2. co - _______________ 2. hyper - _______________
3. trans - ________________ 3. sub - _______________ 3. ultra - _______________
4. super - ______________ 4. dis - _______________ 4. co - _______________
5. anti - ________________ 5. trans - _______________ 5. sub - _______________
6. peri - _______________ 6. super - _______________ 6. dis - _______________
7. non - _______________ 7. anti - _______________ 7. trans - _______________
8. hyper - _______________ 8. peri - _______________ 8. super - _______________
Suffixes Suffixes Suffixes
9. -y : ________________ 9. -tion : _______________ 9. -ive : _______________
10. -ism : _______________ 10. -ous : _______________ 10. -ant : _______________
11. -ist : ________________ 11. -ia : _______________ 11. -y : _______________
12. -ible : ______________ 12. -ize : _______________ 12. -ism : _______________
Name: __________________
1. The prefix sub- means “under or below”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
sub the same way as the sentence below:
The submarine stayed under the water for many hours.
A. The subject of the lesson was the American Revolution.

B. To sublimate means that an object goes from a gas to a solid without becoming a liquid.
C. There was a soft, subtle noise coming from the computer.
D. There is a subway that travels from the airport to the ball park.
2. The prefix bi- means “two”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
bi the same way as the sentence below:
There is a bicoastal car race that goes from Florida to California.
A. Many people like to pay their bills biweekly rather than once a month.
B. In biology we learned how to body fights germs.
C. John used a binder to help him keep his homework organized.
D. The Sioux Indians hunted bison on the prairies.
3. The prefix trans- means “across; over; through”. Which of the four sentences below uses the
prefix trans the same way as the sentence below:
Going from the United States to China would require a transoceanic flight.
A. Because the skin of the fish was transparent, we could see its internal organs.
B. The transition from recess to math went very smoothly.
C. President Lincoln ordered the construction of the transcontinental railroad.
D. It is amazing how a caterpillar can transform into a butterfly.
4. The prefix super- means “above; over; better”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
super the same way as the sentence below:
The scientists used a supercomputer to help predict the weather.
A. The oil rigs has a superstructure built over them to hide their ugly looks.
B. The engine had a supercharger to help the car go faster.
C. We needed an adult to supervise the experiment.
D. Barry believes the superstition that finding a penny will bring good luck.
5. The prefix anti- means “against”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
anti the same way as the sentence below:
Brian was antisocial and wouldn’t come out of his room all day.
A. The dark clouds made us anticipate when it was going to rain.

B. We put antifreeze in the car’s engine this winter to protect it from the cold weather.
C. Our camp director had a snake bite antidote in case we needed it.
D. My grandmother has an antique gumball machine from the 1800’s.
6. The suffix -y means “full of”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix
y the same way as the sentence below:
The ice cream melted and made my hands sticky.
A. The mother sang a lullaby to her baby.

B. The lady could not identify the person who threw the rock.
C. The boat traveled through the water very quickly.
D. After playing in the mud the children were very dirty.
7. The suffix -ia means “name of a place or disease”. Which of the four sentences below uses the
suffix ia the same way as the sentence below:
She rested so her cold wouldn’t turn into pneumonia.
A. The United States capitol is in the District of Columbia.

B. The minutemen fought in the colonial militia against the British.
C. The doctor was worried that his patient might have leukemia.
D. A reporter from the local media asked them some questions.
8. The suffix -ant means “person or thing that does or is”. Which of the four sentences below uses
the suffix ant the same way as the sentence below:
The four children are dependant on their parents for food and clothing.
A. The informant told the police who stole the money.

B. Mom had to transplant the flowers from the front yard to the back yard.
C. She has a happy, vibrant personality.
D. The teacher was angry about the constant talking of the students.
Name: __________________
1. The prefix mis- means “bad or badly”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
mis the same way as the sentence below:
If you misbehave you will lose your recess.
A. Some of the pieced of the puzzle were missing.

B. The plane flying across the sky looked like a missile.
C. People who misuse the equipment won’t be allowed to use it anymore.
D. There is a mission in the city that will give food to the homeless.
2. The prefix inter- means “between or among”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
inter the same way as the sentence below:
The bicycles were interlocked so that they would be harder to steal.
A. Mom told us not to interrupt her when she’s on the phone.

B. Be sure to intermix the nuts, raisins, and chocolate in the bowl.
C. The kids always interfere with our game by running across the court.
D. The internal light of the car was not as bright as the external light of the lamppost.
3. The prefix micro- means “small”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
micro the same way as the sentence below:
A microwave sends tiny waves to heat the food.
A. The doctor needed to perform microsurgery to repair the veins in her hand.
B. A micron is one millionth of a meter
C. The doctor discovered that a microbe was causing the disease.
D. Scientists are trying to micronize the atom.
4. The prefix dis- means “lack of or opposite”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
dis the same way as the sentence below:
My brother and sister always disagree about what to have for dinner.
A. The doctor found a cure for the disease.

B. It is dishonest to copy someone else’s work and say that it’s yours.
C. We had to discuss the problem until it was solved.
D. The teacher will dismiss the class when the room is clean.
5. The prefix in- means “not or into”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix
in the same way as the sentence below:
He lost the spelling bee because of an incorrect answer.
A. The teacher told us not to interrupt the class during the test.
B. The computer was inactive for an hour so it shut down.
C. We wrote our notes on index cards so we can study for the test.
D. Some students went to the indoor swimming pool.
6. The suffix -ed means “in the past”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix
less the same way as the sentence below:
The bus driver waited for everyone to get on the bus.
A. A scab will bleed if you pick at it.

B. People who are bald headed should wear a hat in the sun.
C. The baby sitter spoon fed the cereal to the child.
D. The workers painted the house in just four hours.
7. The suffix -ing means “in the process of”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix
ing the same way as the sentence below:
The children are making a birthday card for their mother.
A. The sky was filled with lightning during the storm.

B. Cindy received a ring for her birthday.
C. We are singing in the show tonight.
D. I hung a stocking above the chimney on Christmas Eve.
8. The suffix -ly means “in what way”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix
ly the same way as the sentence below:
He ran quickly across the street.
A. At the concert she sang beautifully for everyone.

B. The school will supply everything we need for the field trip.
C. We enjoy going to the airport and watching the planes fly.
D. The children were very silly after the puppet show.
Homonym Unit
Teacher’s Lesson Plan
Step 1 – Discuss the definitions of homonyms, homophones, and homographs (See definitions
below). Give the students samples and ask them to come up with a few of their own.
Homonym– A word with the same pronunciation as another word, but with a different meaning.
Examples: feet and feat tail and tale heal and heel
Homophone – Same as homonym.
Homograph – A word that is spelled the same as another word, but with a different meaning and,
possibly, a different pronunciation.
Examples: bass (bass drum) and bass (fish) Homonyms
wail – whale
Step 2 – For a period of one or two weeks, have the students add to the sleigh – slay
list. Keep your class list on poster paper on a bulletin board. mail – male
steal – steel
Step 3 – When your list is complete, discuss the differences between the foul – fowl
words. A sample list is listed to the right. plane – plain
flower – flour
bear – bare
Step 4 – Use your grammar time to make study pictures for the best 10 ate – eight
or 15 pairs. A study picture is a way of tricking yourself into no – know
remembering the differences between the two (or three) words. die – dye
Below is a sample of two study pictures. * Note: If you plan to see – sea
write – right
use the test at the end of this unit, make sure you select the won – one
nine that will be on the test. their – there – they’re
Study Pictures
tale tail heal heel
AL’s
TALE tai l
By A. Story
The back end
A Story of an animal. The back part
To make well of the foot.
In this study picture, the name “AL” matches Here, the “a” in “band – aid” matches the
the AL in tale. Al’s Tale is a story. In “tail” “a” in heal. Band-Aids help to heal. In
the “i” is the tail of the mouse so “tail” with “heel” since we have two heels, there are
an “i” is the back end of an animal. two e’s in “heel.”
Step 5 – Have students write sentences using the 10 to 15 pairs that you have chosen.
Step 6 – Homophone Books: Have the students make detailed sketches of their study pictures on
4” x 6” strips of paper. They can design a cover on construction paper and staple their
strips together.
Name ________________________
I. Prefixes
Use your literature book to find six ( 6 ) words that have prefixes. Write the definition of each
prefix.
Prefix Definition of Prefix Prefix Definition of Prefix
1. ____________ _________________________ 4. ____________ _________________________
2. ____________ _________________________ 5. ____________ _________________________
3. ____________ _________________________ 6. ____________ _________________________
II. Suffixes
Use your literature book to find two ( 2 ) words that has a suffixes that are nouns, verbs,
adjectives, and adverbs.
Nouns Verbs Adjectives Adverbs

Ex. excitement Ex. running Ex. boyish slowly
_______________ _______________ _______________ _______________
_______________ _______________ _______________ _______________
III. Common Homonyms

Find three ( 3 ) words that are homonyms. Write its definition and the definition of its partner.
Definition Definition
1. ____________________ : ______________________________- ______________________________
2. ____________________ : ______________________________- ______________________________
3. ____________________ : ______________________________- ______________________________
Name: _________________
I. Identify Prefixes and Suffixes

1. What is the difference between a prefix and a suffix?
A prefix changes the ________________________________ of a word.
A suffix changes the ________________________________ of a word.
2. Below are some prefixes and suffixes. Write “prefix” if the syllable is a prefix.
Write “suffix” if the syllable is a suffix.
A. sub – _____________________ F. ous – _____________________

B. ize – _____________________ G. non – _____________________
C. trans – _____________________ H. ible – _____________________
D. super – _____________________ I. ultra – _____________________
E. tion – _____________________ J. ive – _____________________
II. Prefixes
Directions: Write the definition of the prefixes below. Next, write a word that has
that prefix.
Definition Word
Example: sub – ______under_______ , ____submarine_____
Definition Word
1. bi – _________________________, __________________________
2. anti – _________________________, __________________________
3. peri – _________________________, __________________________
4. hyper – _________________________, __________________________
5. co – _________________________, __________________________
III. Suffixes
Directions: Underline the suffix, then write the part of speech of the word.
Example: activism – ___noun___
Part of Speech Part of Speech
1. sticky – __________________ 4. monstrous – __________________
2. artist – __________________ 5. destructive – __________________
3. instruction – __________________ 6. defendant – __________________
IV. Homonyms
Directions: Circle the word that fits the sentence.
1. The baby fell and let out a loud ( wail – whale ).
2. The knight will ( sleigh – slay ) the dragon.
3. All ( male – mail ) students need to run the mile in ten minutes.
4. It is against the law to ( steel – steal ).
5. For Thanksgiving, we will eat chicken, turkey, or some other kind of ( foul – fowl ).
6. There are ( to – too – two ) many people on the bus.
7. They need to put ( there – they’re – their ) backpacks outside the door.
8. Because we haven’t shopped in so long, our refrigerator was ( bare – bear ).
9. Our teacher told us a ( tail – tale ) about Pecos Bill.
10. Put your homework over ( their – there ).
I. Identify Prefixes and Suffixes
1. What is the difference between a prefix and a suffix?
A prefix changes the ________definition________ of a word.
A suffix changes the _____part of speech_____ of a word.
2. Below are some prefixes and suffixes. Write “prefix” if the syllable is a prefix.
Write “suffix” if the syllable is a suffix.
A. sub – _____Prefix________ F. ous – _____Suffix_________

B. ize – _____Suffix__________ G. non – ______Prefix_______
C. trans – _____Prefix________ H. ible – _____Suffix________
D. super – _____Prefix_________ I. ultra – ____Prefix_________
E. tion – _____Suffix_________ J. ive – ______Suffix_______
II. Prefixes
Directions: Write the definition of the prefixes below. Next, write a word that has
that prefix.
Definition Word
Example: sub – ______under_______ , ____submarine_____
Definition Word
1. bi – _________two__________, __________________________
2. anti – ______against__________, __________________________
3. peri – ______around___________, __________________________
4. hyper – over; above; more than needed, __________________________
5. co – _working together; equal__, __________________________
III. Suffixes
Directions: Underline the suffix, then write the part of speech of the word.
Example: activism – ___noun___
Part of Speech Part of Speech
1. sticky – ____adjective_____ 4. monstrous – ____adjective______
2. artist – ____noun__________ 5. destructive – ____adjective____
3. instruction – ____noun_______ 6. defendant – ____noun________
IV. Homonyms
Directions: Circle the word that fits the sentence.
1. The baby fell and let out a loud ( wail – whale ).
2. The knight will ( sleigh – slay ) the dragon.
3. All ( male – mail ) students need to run the mile in ten minutes.
4. It is against the law to ( steel – steal ).
5. For Thanksgiving, we will eat chicken, turkey, or some other kind of ( foul – fowl ).
6. There are ( to – too – two ) many people on the bus.
7. They need to put ( there – they’re – their ) backpacks outside the door.
8. Because we haven’t shopped in so long, our refrigerator was ( bare – bear ).
9. Our teacher told us a ( tail – tale ) about Pecos Bill.
10. Put your homework over ( their – there ).
Synonyms and Antonyms
Often Misused Words
Underline vs. Quotation Marks
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Synonyms and Antonyms
2. Often Misused Words
3. Underline vs. Quotation Marks
_______________________________
Student
Mastery Non-Mastery
1. Synonyms and Antonyms
2. Often Misused Words
3. Underline vs. Quotation Marks
Teacher’s Lesson Plan
The following page has a vocabulary worksheet. You may use it to help reinforce the concept of
synonyms and antonyms. Also, you can use it with your literature units as a vocabulary worksheet.
There are many ways to use it. The following is one suggestion:
Vocabulary
Step 1 – Discuss the definition of a synonym and an antonym. Synonyms and Antonyms
Vocabulary Word Synonym Antonym
1. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________

Step 2 – Have the students collect vocabulary words as they read _________________________________________
or give them a list of vocabulary words. ( This 2. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________
worksheet has worked very well when given to students _________________________________________
to do with 3. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________

_________________________________________
their book reports. ) 4. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________
_________________________________________
Step 3 – Have the students use a dictionary and a thesaurus to 5. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________
_________________________________________
write the words, definitions, synonyms and antonyms of
6. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________
the words. _________________________________________
7. _________ - ______ - ________ - __________

Step 4 – On a separate sheet of paper, write the word in a _________________________________________
sentence. Next, write the antonym in a sentence.
Follow-up:
Match Game – The students can play this game as a review for a test of for vocabulary practice.
Directions: Have the students, in pairs, put a vocabulary word on an index card. Put a
synonym on another index card. Make index cards for 10 words and their synonyms.
After shuffling the cards, each pair of students lays the cards, face down, in four rows
and five columns. The students then take turns picking pairs of cards. When they
match a word with its synonym, they keep the pair. The game continues until all the
pairs have been found.
ominous anxious
threatening
enthusiastic
Name: ________________
Vocabulary
Synonyms and Antonyms
Vocabulary Word Synonym Antonym Definition
1. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
2. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
3. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
4. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
5. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
6. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
7. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
8. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
9. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
10. ____________________ - __________ - __________ - ________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
Name: __________________
I. Find Synonyms: Use a thesaurus to find synonyms for the words below.
Write at least three on the lines.
said: ________________________________ pest (n): ________________________________

yell: ________________________________ sound (v): _______________________________
cry: _______________________________ careful: _________________________________
watch (v): ____________________________ messy: _________________________________
help (v): ______________________________ big: ___________________________________
II. Replacing Words: Replace the simple words in the story below with synonyms from
your list above or think of other synonyms you like better. Cross out the simple words
and write the new synonym above it.
Christian and Bryan stood behind a tree a watched as Laura came out of the cabin.
They had waited for three days to attack this pest with snowballs. She had been playing
tricks on them since they arrived at camp.
The two boys giggled as they followed her around the cabin. They were careful not to
make any sound as they tip-toed through the snow. They each had a big snowball in
each hand, and they weren’t afraid to use them.
They peeked around the cabin just in time to see Laura sitting an a small fence. Her
back was turned. Now was their chance. They raced toward her, but before they could
raise their arms, Laura had yelled, “Get them girls!” Suddenly, several girls popped up
from behind the bricks. Snowballs rained down upon Christian and Bryan. It was an
ambush!
When it was over Christian’s hair was wet and messy. Bryan cried. The girls felt
bad so they helped the boys clean up. “Next time we’ll get you good,” said Bryan. “You’ll
need a lot more boys to help,” said Laura.
Extension: Write your own story about a camping trip. Use any five ( 5 )
synonyms from your list at the top.
Name: _______________________
Sit / Set
The Trick:
Sit means to rest. Set means to put or place. If you are not sure which one to use, replace sit or set
with “rest” or “put” / “place.”
Example: She ( sit , set ) the book on the table. She ( sat , set ) in the chair.
What makes more sense? She rests the book on the table. OR She puts the book on the table.
What makes more sense? She rested in the chair. OR She put in the chair.
Lie / Lay
The Trick:
Lie means to rest. Lay means to place. If you are not sure which one to use, replace lie or lay with
“rest” or “put” / “place.”
Example: We ( lie , lay ) in the sun everyday. He ( lie , lay ) the book on the table.
What makes mores sense? We place in the sun everyday. OR We rest in the sun everyday.
What makes mores sense? He places the book on the table. OR He rests the book on the table.
Warning: lay ( to place ) is also the past tense of lie ( to rest ).

Present Past Present Participle Past Participle
rest to sit sit sat sitting had sat
place to set set set setting had set
rest to lie lie lay lying had lain
place to lay lay laid laying had laid
One More Trick: If you memorize the sentences below, it will help you figure out when to use each word.
Lie = Rest Lay = Place
I lie that I lie ( rest ). He lay the carpet.
I’m lying that I’m lying ( resting ). The maid laid the carpet.
I lied that I lay ( rested ). They are laying the carpet.
When to use sit, set, lie, lay, laying, lying, and laid can be very confusing. It will take a lot of
practice and concentration to master the use of these words. The activities below ask you to write
sentences using these words. The goal is to memorize the rules for the words AND develop an
instinct for when to use each word.
I. Write 3 sentences using sit (present tense), 3 sentences using sat ( past tense ), and 3
sentences using has/have sat ( perfect tense ). Write the word “rest” above sit, sat, and
has/have sat in each sentence.
II. Write 3 sentences using set (present tense), 3 sentences using set ( past tense ), and 3
sentences using has/have set ( perfect tense ). Write the word “put” above set and has/have
set in each sentence.
III. Write 3 sentences using lie (present tense), 3 sentences using lay ( past tense ), 3 sentences
using lying (progressive tense ), and 3 sentences using has/have lain ( perfect tense ). Write the
word “rest” above lie, lay, lying, and lain in each sentence.
IV. Write 3 sentences using lay (present tense), 3 sentences using laid ( past tense ), 3 sentences
using laying ( progressive tense ). Write the word “put” above lay, laid, and laying.
Name: _______________________
Consider This: Set and lay mean to put or place. Set and lay need an object to be put or placed.
Therefore set, lay, laying and laid will have direct objects in most cases. Looking
for direct objects is another way of helping you decide which word to use.
DO No Direct Object
Example: She laid the book on the table. She lay in the sun
Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. Write “put” or “rest” above the circled word.
1. Don’t ( sit , set ) down until you ( lay , lie ) the money on the table.
2. She ( sit , set ) the box on the ground and ( lay , lie ) on the bed.
3. ( Laying , Lying ) in the sun, the man ( sat , set ) his drink in the sand.
4. We all ( set, sat ) down and ( laid , lay ) the pictures on the ground.
5. The workers are ( laying , lying ) the dirt in the back yard.
6. Could you ( sit , set ) the mattress on the frame so I can ( lay, lie ) down.
7. She has ( sit , set ) the plates on the table, and he has ( laid , lain ) the silverware
next to them.
8. If you ( sit , set ) on the suitcase, I will ( lay , lie ) more clothes inside of it.
9. Mom needed to ( lay , lie ) on the bed and rest.
10. The bowl we ( sat, set ) outside is now ( laying, lying ) in the rain.
11. The baby ( sat , set ) in the cake that we had ( laid , lain ) on the table.
12. Dad ( sat , set ) next to me and ( lay , laid ) his hand on my shoulder.
13. The kids are ( laying , lying ) in the mud.
14. They ( sat , set ) the flowers by the window.
15. He ( laid , lay ) on the bed until his headache went away.
Extension: Write ten sentences using the word “laid.” Remember,

it is the past tense of lay, meaning to put or place.
Name: _______________________
Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. Write “put” or “rest” above the circled word.
1. ( Sit, Set ) in the chair and ( lay , lie ) your head on the table.
2. ( Laying , Lying ) on his back, my dog chewed on his toy.
3. The children ( sat , set ) their backpacks down and ( laid , lay ) on their blankets.
4. She was ( sitting, setting ) on the couch while ( laying , lying ) out the clothes.
5. She has ( laid , lain ) her clothes out and ( sat , set ) her books by the door.
6. The city ( lays , lies ) on the other side of that hill.
7. The ducks ( sit , set ) on the grass and wait for people to ( lay , lie ) food on the grass.
8. He ( laid , lay ) in his sleeping bag thinking about how he will ( sit , set ) up the tent.
9. I am ( sitting , setting ) the tea in the sun so it will ( lay , lie ) there for a few days.
10. Doctor Jones ( laid , lay ) the thermometer on the table.
11. On lazy afternoons, you will find people ( laying , lying ) on the beach.
12. My dog has ( sat , set ) by the door for an hour.
13. Kim ( laid, lay ) her head on her mom’s shoulder and ( sat , set ) her arm in hers.
14. My necklace is ( laying , lying ) on the table where it was ( laid , lay ) last night.
15. The flowers ( lay , lie ) in the field beautifully.
16. Our mailman ( lay , laid ) the package on the doorstep.
17. You can ( sit , set ) on the couch and rest, or you can ( lay , lie ) on our bed and sleep.
18. Fluffy is ( laying , lying ) on the floor where I ( sit , set ) the rug.
19. The river ( lays , lies ) on the other side of those trees.
20. I couldn’t understand why the boys were ( laying, lying ) on the bed while the covers
were ( laying , lying ) on the floor.
Name: _______________________
Past Present Perfect

Rise: Rise means to go up without help. rose rise has/have/had risen
Raise: Raise means to be lifted up or built up
by another. It requires a direct object. raised raise has/have/had raised
Examples:
The sun rises in the east. ( The sun rises without help. )
DO
We raised money for our field trip. ( Help was needed for money to be built up. )
Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence.

1. Steam was ( rising, raising ) from the engine.
2. We need to ( rise , raise ) money for our field trip.
3. When the sun ( rose , raised ) at 5:45 this morning, we ( rose , raised ) the flag.
4. We need to ( rise , raise ) to our feet, ( rise , raise ) our hands over our hearts, and
sing “America.”
5. The sail had been ( risen , raised ) so we could make the trip.
6. Our band is ( rising , raising ) money to go to Hawaii.
7. The smoke ( rose , raised ) over the fire.
8. Christians believe that Jesus has ( risen , raised ) from the dead.
9. We got our cat from a lady that ( rises , raises ) kittens.

10. The balloon is ( rising , raising ) into the sky.
11. A whale will ( rise , raise ) from the water, and he will ( rise , raise ) his massive tail.
12. Five hundred dollars was ( risen , raised ) for the party.
13. Our coach ( rose , raised ) the basketball net to ten feet.
14. The plane is ( rising , raising ) into the sky.
15. She had ( risen , raised ) that dog since it was a puppy.
Extension: Write five sentences using the word “rise” and five sentences using the
word “raise.” Use past, present and perfect tenses of both words.
Name: _______________________
To: Preposition or Infinitive. Used in a phrase.

Preposition: to the store, to me Infinitive: to run, to jump, to sing
Two: A Number. ( 2 )
Too: Adverb meaning also or more than needed.
Also: I want to go too. More Than Needed: It is too dark in here.
Directions: Fill in the blank with to, two, or too.
1. We went _____ the store and bought _____ pies.
2. He was _____ strong for the _____ other wrestlers.
3. They wanted to go _____.
4. _____ birds were playing in the water _____.
5. There were _____ many chairs so we took _____ out.
6. _____ people came _____ me and asked if they could help _____.
7. The box was _____ heavy _____ carry.
8. She went _____ the refrigerator to get _____ eggs.
9. If you’re _____ tired, we can rest _____ .
10. The _____ actors were _____ old to play children in the movie.
11. Our dog’s _____ ears stood straight up.
12. There were _____ many people so we went back _____ hours later.
13. The _____ girls wanted _____ look like her _____.
14. They went _____ their grandma’s house for _____ weeks.
15. She was _____ sick _____ go swimming.
Extension: Write five sentences using the word “too” and five sentences using the word “two.”
Name: _______________________
There: Adjective that refers to a place or that something is present.

Place: Put the book there. Something is Present: There are many books.
Their: Possessive pronoun referring something owned.
This is their book.
They’re: Contraction meaning “ they are. ”
They’re ready. They are ready.
Directions: Fill in the blank with there, their, or they’re.
1. ________ going to put ________ bikes over ________ .
2. If ________ wondering if ________ going, ________ not.
3. ________ parents are coming to the game.
4. Go ________ and ask for ________ lunch special.
5. When you go ________ with ________ friends, ________ going to ask you to help.
6. ________ going to meet us ________ .
7. ________ are going to be a hundred people ________ .
8. ________ going ________ to watch a movie.
9. When ________ number is called, ________ going to buy a cake.
10. ________ is someone waiting for ________ money.
11. We’re going to ________ party.
12. ________ waiting for ________ friends to go over ________ .
13. We put ________ books over ________ .
14. ________ might be a prize if ________ first to finish.
15. After ________ concert, ________ going out for pizza.
Extension: Write five sentences using the word “there”, five sentences using the
word “their”, and five sentences using the word “they’re.”
Name: _______________________
1. Julie will ( rise , raise ) the flag at the assembly.

2. The campers are ( laying , lying ) in ( there , their ) bunks until breakfast.
3. Please ( sit , set ) those ( to , two ) dishes in the sink.
4. ( There , They’re ) going to the movies with ( there , their ) friends.
5. It is nice to ( lay , lie ) on the beach and listen ( to , too ) the waves.
6. ( There , They’re ) are ( two , too ) many toys ( laying , lying ) on the floor.
7. When the president enters the room, everyone will ( rise , raise ) to their feet and
( rise , raise ) their hands in salute.
8. The children ( sat , set ) the cards down and ( lay , laid ) on the floor to look at them.
9. ( They’re , Their ) mom asked if we wanted to go ( to , too ).
10. You need to ( sit , set ) in the chair and ( lay , lie ) your hands on the table.
11. The book was ( to , too ) old so we ( lay , laid ) it on the high shelf for safe keeping.
12. Will you ( sit , set ) the ring over ( their , there ) ?
13. The ( too , two ) workers are ( laying , lying ) bricks in the back yard.
14. We ( sat , set ) under the tree and looked at ( there , their ) pictures.
15. ( They’re , There ) going to ( lay , lie ) in their beds for ( to , two ) more hours.
16. If you are ( to , too ) tired, then ( sit , set ) down and rest.
17. This morning, the puppies ( lay , laid ) with ( there , their ) mother.
18. Our team will ( rise , raise ) the most money in the contest.
19. Walk over ( their , there ) and ( sit , set ) the money on the counter.
20. The sheet was ( lay , laid ) out over the grass for ( there , their ) picnic.
Name: __________________
Underlining: Underline the titles of books, magazines, movies, newspapers, plays,

television shows, and title of CD’s. Also, underline the names of ships,
planes, and trains.
Time Magazine had an advertisement for the Beatles’s Abby Road CD, but I wanted
the book Great Plains which shows a model of The Spirit of St. Louis.
“Quotation Marks”: Put quotation marks around titles of poems, chapters, songs,
articles, essays, and works of art.
The poem “Summer’s End” reminds me of the song “Be True to Your School.”
The Trick: Typically, proper nouns that can be divided into sections are underlined. The
sections themselves would have quotation marks around them.
Examples:
Books can be divided into chapters.
Books are underlined; chapters are put between quotation marks.
“Mummies Attack” from The Curious Explorers is a scary chapter.
CD’s can be divided into songs.

CD’s are underlined, songs are put between quotation marks.
Closer is a good CD, and “You Raise Me Up” is a great song from it.
Note: Poems are put between quotation marks.
It may help to remember this if you think of them as songs.
Magazines and Newspapers can be divided into “articles”.
Movies can be divided into “scenes”.
Plays can be divided into “acts”.
Project: On the left side below, draw pictures of objects that should be underlined. Across
from each object, draw a picture of a section of the object that should be set between
quotation marks.
Name: __________________
The Trick: Typically, proper nouns that can be divided into sections are underlined.
The sections themselves would have quotation marks around them.
Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, write three sentences that demonstrate the
tricks below. Use the suggestions in each section or make up your own.
1. Books can be divided into chapters.
Books are underlined; chapters are put between quotation marks.
Example: “Mummies Attack” from The Curious Explorers is a scary chapter.
Suggestions: Chapter Titles – the black eye; a strange smell; fighting with the neighbors
Suggestions: Books – the outsiders; young scientists; friends forever
2. CD’s can be divided into songs.

CD’s are underlined, songs are put between quotation marks.
Example: Closer is a good CD, and “You Raise Me Up” is a great song from it.
Note: Poems are put between quotation marks.
It may help to remember this if you think of them as songs.
Suggestions: CD Titles – a new day; barney and friends; american classics
Suggestions: Songs – hush; let’s play together; grand old flag
3. Magazines and Newspapers can be divided into “articles”.
Example: “The Beginning of Time” in Newsweek said that the universe is millions of years old.
Suggestions: Magazines/Newspapers – sports illustrated; press telegram; scholastic
Suggestions: Articles – top ten athletes; heroes; how a child saved an army
4. Movies can be divided into “scenes”.

Example: The scene “A Tragic Day” in Babe, The Gallant Pig made me cry.
Suggestions: Movies – finding nemo; the rookie; the princess bride
Suggestions: Scenes – surfing the NWC; the fastest man; as you wish
5. Plays can be divided into “acts”.

Example: Stacy sings the solo from “The Shooting Contest” in Annie Get Your Gun.
Suggestions: Plays – the underground railroad; yankee doodle; cats
Suggestions: Acts – harriet leads the way; the revolution begins; memories
Name: __________________
Directions: Place “quotation marks” or underline words where needed.
1. I finally memorized all the lyrics to the song America.
2. I Love You is my favorite song on Barney’s new record Friends Forever.
3. There are interesting pictures in the chapter Black Holes from Science Adventures.
4. The poem Smart from the book Where the Sidewalk Ends made us laugh.
5. The preview showed the scene Humans’ Friends from the movie Dolphins.
6. I love the classic poem Roses Are Red.
7. Our teacher made us read the article Young People in History in Scholastic
Magazine.
8. Friends Forever is my favorite poem in my book of poems called Poems from My
Heart
9. A new CD titled The Joy of Music has a nice song called How Great Thou Art.
10. The chapter called Military Blunders from Stories from WWII was very interesting.
11. I memorized the poem Bees Knees from the book Poems from Nature.
12. A Long Way Home is the first scene in the play Follow the North Star.
Extension: Write three ( 3 ) one sentence summaries about any chapters from
any book. Be sure to tell the names of the chapters (if any) and the
names of the books. Put quotation marks around the chapter titles,
and underline the book titles in your sentences.
Name: __________________
Directions: Place “quotation marks” or underline words where needed.
1. The poem On the Eve of Freedom inspired my people to vote.
2. Our homework was to read the chapter The Digestive System from the book
The Human Body.
3. Tina’s article Teacher of the Year was published in The Bellflower Journal.
4. Mrs. Torres published her students’ poems in a book called Musings from Room 4.
5. My poem The Sad Salamander won second prize, and Melissa’s poem The Scared
Skunk won first prize.
6. I love the song Jingle Bells from the CD Holliday Classics.
7. We read the chapter Rancheros from our social studies book, Oh, California.
8. Poinsettia is a fun shape poem in the book Flowers in Bloom.
9. The scene Nature’s Fury from the movie Volcanoes showed the power of eruptions.
10. Children like looking at hidden pictures in Highlights Magazine.
11. We acted out The Red Wheel Barrow for readers’ theater.
12. The article The History of the Golden Gate from the book Bridges of California won a
prize.
Extension: Below are made up titles to poems that do not exist. Write a one ( 1 )
sentence summary about what each poem would be about if you were to
write the poems. In each sentence, be sure to put quotation marks
around the names of the poems.
My Silly Dream / The Bully / Best Friends
Name: _______________________

1. ( They’re , Their ) dog buried ( too , two ) bones in our yard.
2. Barry ( lay , laid ) the name tags down as Reggie ( sat , set ) the table.
3. If the lemon is ( to , too ) sour, put it over ( their , there ).
4. The shoe will ( lay , lie ) in the sand until someone takes it out of ( their , there ).
5. When I ( sit , set ) behind them, ( they’re , their ) perfume makes it ( to , too ) hard to
breath.
6. All the money that has been ( risen , raised ) shows that we have ( risen , raised )
above all others.
7. ( They’re , Their ) waiting for us to ( lay , lie ) the towels out for the swimmers.
8. When you’re ( laying , lying ) on the beach, try not to get ( to , too ) much sun.
9. ( There , Their ) are many good reasons to ( lay , lie ) by the pool.
10. She ( sat, set ) by me ( to , too ).
11. ( Laying , Lying ) the tile, the worker put ( they’re , their ) names on the floor.
12. ( Sit , Set ) your homework in the file over ( their , there ).
13. The sun will ( rise , raise ) and it will be time for the counselors to ( rise , raise ) the
campers from bed.
14. Yesterday, we ( laid , lay ) in the sun with ( their , they’re ) parents.
15. The students ( sat , set ) ( their , there ) books by the door.
16. ( They’re , There ) waiting for us to ( lay , lie ) our snowballs down.
17. The ball ( laying , lying ) in the grass has been ( their , there ) for ( to , two ) days.
18. ( Their , They’re ) dad was ( two , too ) smart to get lost.
19. ( Sit , Set ) next ( to , too ) me and ( lie , lay ) your head on my shoulder.
20. We ( lay , laid ) our clothes out for tomorrow ( to , too ).
Name: _______________________
I. Synonyms / Antonyms
Directions: Write “synonym” if the pair of words are synonyms. Write “antonym” if
the pair of words are antonyms.
__________________ 1. big – large __________________ 4. happy – glad
__________________ 2. out – in __________________ 5. run – sprint
__________________ 3. hurt – heal __________________ 6. early – late
II. Underline vs. Quotation Marks

Directions: In each sentence, underline or put quotation marks where they are needed.
1. Sign of the Beaver is a book that tells about Native Americans in New England.
2. We read the poem Summer’s End in September.
3. My dad reads the L.A. Times newspaper every Sunday.
4. We sang You’re a Grand Old Flag at the assembly.
5. Chapter three is titled When Pigs Fly.
6. The CD titled Hits of the ‘80's has the song When Doves Cry by Prince.
7. The article Why America is the Best in Time Magazine won an award.
8. My favorite television show is I Love Lucy.
III. Often Misused Words

1. ( Their – They’re ) mom went up front and ( sat – set ) the flowers by the trophy.
2. ( There – They’re ) going to ( lay – lie ) down and rest ( to – too ).
3. I ( sat – set ) as workers were ( lying – laying ) bricks over ( their – there ).
4. For ( too – two ) days, ( they’re – there ) going to be in the mountains.
5. They ( lay – laid ) in the sand while we ( sit – set ) seashells around them.
Name: _______________________
I. Synonyms / Antonyms
Directions: Write “synonym” if the pair of words are synonyms. Write “antonym” if
the pair of words are antonyms.
______synonym_____ 1. big – large _____ synonym_____ 4. happy – glad
______antonym_____ 2. out – in ______synonym_____ 5. run – sprint
______antonym_____ 3. hurt – heal ______antonym_____ 6. early – late
II. Underline vs. Quotation Marks

Directions: In each sentence, underline or put quotation marks where they are needed.
1. Sign of the Beaver is a book that tells about Native Americans in New England.
2. We read the poem “Summer’s End” in September.
3. My dad reads the L.A. Times newspaper every Sunday.
4. We sang “You’re a Grand Old Flag” at the assembly.
5. Chapter three is titled “When Pigs Fly”.
6. The CD titled Hits of the ‘80's has the song “When Doves Cry” by Prince.
7. The article “Why America is the Best” in Time Magazine won an award.
8. My favorite television show is I Love Lucy.
III. Often Misused Words

1. ( Their – They’re ) mom went up front and ( sat – set ) the flowers by the trophy.
2. ( There – They’re ) going to ( lay – lie ) down and rest ( to – too ).
3. I ( sat – set ) and watched as the workers were ( lying – laying ) the bricks over ( their – there ).
4. For ( too – two ) days, ( they’re – there ) going to be in the mountains.
5. They ( lay – laid ) in the sand while we ( sit – set ) seashells around them.
Answer Key
Pg. 5 – Unit 1 and 2 Vocabulary
1. Subject – The Who or What of the sentence.
2. Predicate – What the subject Is or Does.
3. Complete Subject – The subject and all the words that modify it.
4. Complete Predicate – The main verb and all the words that complete the thought.
5. Phrase – A group of related words without a subject and verb.
6. Clause – A group of related words with a subject and verb. It may or may not include a complete thought.
7. Sentence – A group of words that tells a complete thought.
8. Dependent Clause – Depends on an independent clause for its complete thought.
9. Independent Clause – A clause that forms a sentence.
10. Fragment Sentence – Incomplete sentence missing a subject, verb, or complete thought.
11. Run-On Sentence – It has more than one complete thought.
12. Imperatives – A sentence that issues a command. The subject is “you”.
13. Subordinate Conjunction – Connects a dependent clause with an independent clause.
14. Coordinate Conjunction – Connects two independent clauses.
Pg. 6 – Parts of a Sentence #1

1. S: Mom - Who P: bakes – Does 2. S: They - Who P: were – Is 3. S: game - What P: broke – Does
4. S: Books - What P: tell – Does 5. S: car - What P: raced – Does 6. S: Cells - What P: are – Is
7. S: Rabbits - What P: hop – Does 8. S: sequoia - What P: is – Is 9. S: John - Who P: surfs – Does
Pg. 7 - Parts of a Sentence #2

1. S: Dad - Who P: builds – Does 2. S: We - Who P: are – Is 3. S: ball - What P: bounced – Does
4. S: sky - What P: is – Is 5. S: Birds - What P: chirp – Does 6. S: clock - What P: is – Is
1. S: dad P: builds 2. S: ball P: bounced 3. S: sky P: is
complete subject complete subject complete predicate
complete predicate complete predicate complete subject
4. S: birds P: chirped 5. S: clock P: is 6. S: students P: are
complete subject complete predicate complete predicate
complete predicate complete subject complete subject
Pg. 8 - Parts of a Sentence #3

1. S: fish - What P: swims – Does 2. S: water - What P: froze – Does 3. S: shirt - What P: is – Is
4. S: Children - Who P: played – Does 5. S: balloon - What P: popped – Does 6. S: Yankees - Who P: are – Is
1. S: goldfish P: swims 2. S: water P: froze 3. S: shirt P: is
complete subject complete predicate complete predicate
complete predicate complete subject complete subject
4. S: children P: played 5. S: balloon P: popped 6. S: Yankees P: are
complete subject complete subject complete predicate
complete predicate complete predicate complete subject
Pg. 9 – Finding the Subject #1

1. During the night a large brown bear entered the camp. Subject: bear Predicate: entered
2. After dinner several of us wanted to watch a movie. Subject: several Predicate: wanted
3. The book on the shelf with the torn cover was there for days. Subject: book Predicate: was
4. On January 1 the people on the dance committee will enjoy their party. Subject: people Predicate: will enjoy
5. With the game on the line, Rick made a shot from the foul line. Subject: Rick Predicate: made
6. Dozens of gymnasts waited for the score from the judges. Subject: Dozens Predicate: waited
7. For many years no one wanted to try the long jump. Subject: no one Predicate: wanted
8. Squirrels in the trees played with each other for hours. Subject: Squirrels Predicate: played
9. During math class our teacher asked me to work with Johnny. Subject: teacher Predicate: asked
10. In less than a year I have collected a dozen stickers for my collection. Subject: I Predicate: have collected
1. Before the show, dozens of 3-D glasses with special lenses were handed out. Sub: dozens Pred: were handed
2. Many of the computers needed the software installed. Sub: Many Pred: needed
3. The patients in the doctor’s office read magazines. Sub: patients Pred: read
4. Down the hall the class is making American flags for our school play. Sub: class Pred: is making
5. On the lake, several boats sailed past the dock. Sub: boats Pred: sailed
6. During the party, several of the dancers did a line dance around the room. Sub: several Pred: did
7. After school the teacher helped me with my homework. Sub: teacher Pred: helped
8. Many swimmers at the beach hurried out of the water. Sub: swimmers Pred: hurried
9. Before the carnival we changed into more comfortable clothes. Sub: we Pred: changed
10. Throughout the park dozens of happy dogs played with their owners. Sub: dozens Pred: played
11. Hundreds of flowers were planted by the students. Sub: Hundreds Pred: were planted
12. On July 4th the city will have a fireworks show at the park. Sub: city Pred: will have
13. The lucky winner of the lottery took everyone to dinner. Sub: winner Pred: took
14. In two days the judges will announce the winners of the art contest. Sub: judges Pred: will announce
15. With their bags in their hands, the excited students got on the bus for camp. Sub: students Pred: got
Pg. 11 – Imperatives Bold = Subject / Italics = Predicate
1. (You) Catch a fish at the lake for me. Imperative 7. Mom sowed a patch on my uniform.
2. (You) Buy a present for your sister at the mall. Imperative 8. (You) After school, walk your sister home. Imperative
3. (You) Study for the test next week. Imperative 9. (You) Select a prize from the prize box. Imperative
4. The girls in the choir sang a song. 10. (You) Draw a picture of your family. Imperative
5. (You) In the morning, brush your teeth. Imperative 11. The kittens drank all of the milk.
6. (You) Write a letter to the president of the company. Imp. 12. (You) Before the game, play catch with me. Imperative
1. Beyond the trees, an Indian village is preparing for a tribal ceremony. Sub: village Pred: is preparing
2. The long, winding road twisted throughout the forest. Sub: road Pred: twisted
3. Go to the end of the block for the letter. Sub: you Pred: go
4. An obnoxious, noisy dog barked into the night. Sub: dog Pred: barked
5. During recess, our teacher organized a basketball tournament. Sub: teacher Pred: organized
6. Millions of stars twinkled in the clear evening sky. Sub: Millions Pred: twinkled
7. Write a poem about the best time of your life. Sub: you Pred: write
8. The silly girls giggled into the night at my sister’s slumber party. Sub: girls Pred: giggled
9. Stop at the end of the page before the picture of the stop sign. Sub: you Pred: stop
10. On the first day of school our principal welcomed the students at an assembly. Sub: principal Pred: welcomed
11. Talk about your problems before they turn into fights. Sub: you Pred: talk
12. The wet drawings were set against the wall to dry. Sub: drawings Pred: were set
13. Many fish were scared off by the splashing of the swimmers. Sub: fish Pred: were scared
14. Hundreds of people arrived to volunteer to clean the school. Sub: Hundreds Pred: arrived
15. On the cover of the magazine, someone drew a mustache on the picture of the actress. Sub: someone Pred: drew
1. During the night a fat jolly man came down our chimney to put presents under the tree. Sub: man Pred: came
2. With a twinkle in his eyes the man in the red suit disappeared up the chimney. Sub: man Pred: disappeared
3. Several of the reindeer left presents of their own on the top of our house. Sub: Several Pred: left
4. Wait until everyone is ready before opening your presents. Sub: you/everyone Pred: talk/is
5. The excited, neighborhood children rode their new bikes throughout the streets. Sub: children Pred: rode
6. At 10:00 my cousins from San Diego arrived at our house. Sub: you Pred: talk
7. Help your cousins into the house with their luggage. Sub: you Pred: help
8. In a crazy scramble the children raced to the backyard to play on our new swings. Sub: children Pred: raced
9. Throughout the house the smell of turkey made our mouths water. Sub: smell Pred: made
10. Before we ate, each person at the table said one nice thing about each person. Sub: person/we Pred: said/ate
Pg. 13 – Finding the Subject #4 (cont.)
11. Like pigs at a trough, my hungry family devoured everything on the table. Sub: family Pred: devoured
12. Wipe that corn off your mouth before I get sick. Sub: you/I Pred: wipe/get
13. It was sad to see all of my cousins go home. Sub: It Pred: was
14. For two weeks I played my games without the thought of school. Sub: I Pred: played
15. Ask the teacher for extra work for extra credit. Sub: you Pred: ask
Pg. 14 – Phrases Clauses and Sentences #1
1. Phrase 2. Clause 3. Sentence 4. Clause 5. Sentence 6. Phrase
7. Sentence 8. Clause 9. Sentence 10. Phrase 11. Sentence 12. Phrase

1. Phrase 2. Clause 3. Sentence 4. Clause 5. Phrase 6. Sentence 7. Clause 8. Sentence 9. Phrase 10. Clause
11. Phrase 12. Sentence 13. Clause 14. Phrase 15. Clause 16. Sentence 17. Phrase 18. Sentence 19. Phrase 20. Clause
Exercise #2 – Answers will vary.

1. Clause 2. Phrase 3. Sentence 4. Phrase 5. Phrase 6. Sentence 7. Phrase 8. Sentence 9. Clause 10. Phrase
11. Clause 12. Sentence 13. Phrase 14. Clause 15. Clause 16. Sentence 17. Clause 18. Sentence 19. Clause 20. Phrase

1. Sentence 2. Phrase 3. Clause 4. Phrase 5. Phrase 6. Clause 7. Phrase 8. Clause 9. Clause 10. Phrase
11. Sentence 12. Sentence 13. Phrase 14. Sentence 15. Sentence 16. Clause 17. Sentence 18. Clause 19. Sentence 20. phrase
Pg. 18 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #1

* There may be many ways to correct each sentence.
1. We started the game without any idea how to play.
2. Tim couldn’t run, and Mike couldn’t throw. However, they could both hit.
3. After all the people left the party, we cleaned the house.
4. He finished his homework and turned it in. He received an A.
5. When Halloween arrives, all the boys and girls will go crazy.

1. Fragment 2. Run-On 3. Sentence 4. Fragment 5. Fragment 6. Run-On 7. Sentence 8. Run-On 9. Sentence 10. Fragment

1. Complete Thought 2. Subject 3. Subject 4. Complete Thought 5. Subject
6. Subject 7. Subject 8. Subject 9. Complete Thought 10. Subject

1. Subject 2. Subject 3. Subject 4. Complete Thought 5. Subject
6. Complete Thought 7. Complete Thought 8. Subject 9. Subject 10. Subject
1. List of Sentences 2. Too Many Conjunctions 3. List of Sentences

4. Too Many Conjunctions 5. Too Many And’s 6. Too Many And’s

1. RO 2. F 3. S 4. S 5. F 6. S 7. F 8. F 9. RO 10. F 11. S 12. F 13. RO 14. F 15. S

1. RO 2. RO 3. F 4. S 5. F 6. RO 7. F 8. RO 9. F 10. S 11. RO 12. F 13. S 14. RO 15. F
Pg. 24 – Subject-Verb Agreement #1

1. singular 2. plural 3. plural 4. singular 5. singular 6. plural 7. singular 8. singular
9. singular 10. plural 11. plural 12. singular 13. plural 14. plural 15. singular
1. singular – subject: Julie / verb: sits and reads 2. plural – subject: students / verb: are
3. plural – subject: Alfonso and Alex / Verb: hit 4. singular – subject: he / verb: asks

1. plural 2. plural 3. plural 4. plural 5. singular 6. singular 7. plural 8. singular
9. plural 10. singular 11. singular 12. singular 13. singular 14. plural 15. plural
1. plural – subject: squirrels / verb: save 2. plural – subject: dentists / verb: clean
3. plural – subject: people / Verb: buy 4. singular – subject: Rover / verb: thinks
5. plural – subject: Carry and Melissa / verb: sing 6. singular – subject: class / verb: is writing
7. singular – subject: heart / Verb: pumps
1. repairs – Singular 2. float – plural 3. know – plural 4. rides – singular

5. teach – plural 6. builds – singular 7. enjoy – plural

1. plural 2. singular 3. singular 4. singular 5. singular 6. singular 7. singular 8. plural 9. singular
1. singular – subject: Salvation Army / verb: receives 2. plural – subject: ants / verb: build
3. plural – subject: dozens / Verb: race 4. singular – subject: Mr. Rodriguez / verb: teaches
5. plural – subject: planets / verb: orbit 6. plural – subject: Kim and Donna / verb: cheer
7. singular – subject: mom / Verb: gives 8. singular – subject: dolphin / verb: plays
1. call – plural 2. jumps – singular 3. sits – singular 4. team – singular

5. freezes – singular 6. bloom – plural 7. were – plural 8. bite – plural

1. plural 2. plural 3. singular 4. plural 5. singular 6. singular 7. plural 8. singular 9. plural
1. singular – subject: Sally / verb: gets 2. plural – subject: owls / verb: see
3. plural – subject: several / Verb: fly 4. plural – subject: politicians / verb: make
5. singular – subject: parade / verb: is 6. plural – subject: temperatures / verb: reach
7. plural – subject: Jerry and Quan / Verb: bring 8. singular – subject: team / verb: is
1. throw – plural 2. start – plural 3. rises – singular 4. bowls – singular

5. are – plural 6. giggle – plural 7. is – singular 8. growls – singular

If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural.
1. plural 2. plural 3. singular 4. plural 5. singular 6. plural 7. singular 8. singular 9. singular 10. singular
1. brings – singular 2. live – plural 3. are – plural 4. parks – singular 5. was – singular
6. have – plural 7. volunteer – plural 8. has – singular 9. lasts – singular 10. play – plural

If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural.
1. singular 2. plural 3. singular 4. singular 5. plural 6. singular
7. plural 8. plural 9. singular 10. plural 11. plural 12. plural
1. drives 2. play 3. jog 4. are 5. tells 6. are 7. play 8. plays 9. say 10. runs
Pg. 31 Unit 1 Test Review: Parts of Sentences

1. In the blink of an eye the ball flew past the batter.
Simple Subject: ball Simple Predicate flew
2. Before the concert, a funny comedian told some jokes.
Simple Subject: comedian Simple Predicate told
3. Stop at the store for some milk.
Simple Subject: You Simple Predicate stop
4. Dozens of donuts fell to the floor.
Simple Subject: Dozens Simple Predicate fell
5. With an eraser on his head the boy raced around the tables.
Simple Subject: boy Simple Predicate raced
Pg. 31 Unit 1 Test Review: Parts of Sentences (cont.)
1. test 2. You 3. dancers 4. You 5. You
1. Clause 2. Sentence 3. Clause 4. Clause 5. Phrase 6. Sentence

7. Phrase 8. phrase 9. Sentence 10. Sentence 11. Phrase 12. Clause
1. Run-On 2. Fragment 3. Sentence
If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular; if the subject is plural, the verb must be plural.
1. are 2. sang 3. ran 4. like
Pg. 39 – Complex Sentences #1

Independent Clause in Bold / Dependent Clause Underlined / Subordinate Conjunction
2. Sarah could have done better on the assignment, although she did receive an A.
3. Because she didn’t say, “Mother may I?” she had to start over.
4. Before my mom would let me spend the night, she had to talk to Jamie’s mom.
5. I f you study for the test, you will do much better.
6. Once the play started, we were not allowed to talk.
7. We won’t be able to play unless the rain stops by noon.
8. Rex practiced his guitar until he could play the song perfectly.
9. Whenever I think about my third grade teacher, I have a warm feeling inside.
10. We played games while the adults sat and talked.
Independent Clause in Bold / Dependent Clause Underlined / Subordinate Conjunction
2. Because we were all so tired, we decided to go home early.
3. Unless we do all of our homework, we won’t be able to play.
4. My dog waited at the door for us until we got home.
5. Although none of us wanted to leave, we had to be home before midnight.
6. I f Charlie doesn’t stop teasing that dog, the dog is going to bite him.
7. We took pictures while the monkeys swung from the trees.
8. Whenever my sister gets in trouble, my dad makes her weed the garden.
9. Once school starts, you need a pass to get into your class.
10. Before you accuse someone of stealing your pencil, make sure it isn’t just lost.
11. I had to go to the dentist because my back tooth started to hurt.
12. After I finished my project, I asked my dad to check it for mistakes.
13. I f I had hit the ball five more feet, it would have been a homerun.
14. We could not go to the movies until my baby sister woke up from her nap.
15. Alice played the piano while Mary played her flute.
Pg. 41 – Complex Sentences #3 * Order of dependent and independent clause can be changed.
1. As the students entered the room, the teacher passed out their homework.
2. Amy cut out stars while Jennifer painted a picture.
3. Whenever I get in trouble I have to sit in time-out
4. If we all work together we can finish in an hour.
5. He takes his vitamins every day so he won’t get sick.

Answers will vary. Accept any answer that begins with a subordinate conjunction and makes sense.
Answers will vary. Accept any answer that begins with a subordinate conjunction and makes sense.
Pg. 44 – Sentence Combining #1 * There may be more than one possible answer.
1. The high school band gave a one hour concert.
2. Mom bought me a shirt, some shoes, and some pants.
3. I received a three page letter from my friend Ashley.
4. We waited for Paul, Peter, and Mary.
5. Gina made a chocolate cake with sprinkles for her dad’s birthday.
6. We found a small puppy with black spots wandering the streets.
7. This week in class I wrote a poem, a song, and a story.
8. My cat can climb a tree, a fence, and anything else she wants.
9. He was upset about his broken toy.
10. When you draw a clown, be sure to give it a funny nose, a big mouth, and wide eyes.
1. Francisco, my neighbor, and I walk to school together every day.
2. Kyle threw the ball into the bushes.
3. Tim, our captain, scored twenty points in our game last week.
4. The students enjoyed signing each others’ yearbooks under the tree.
5. The Battling Butterflies, my sister’s softball team, won the championship.
6. We drove all the way to Flagstaff in our Chevy Venture.
7. Chuck carried the box filled with reading books to the class.
8. Our choir sang “Friends Forever”, a song selected by student council, at graduation.
9. All the girls in the class gave Antonio, the nicest by in the class, a valentine last February.
10. Mom went to talk to our neighbor who lives across the street.
11. Mr. Derker, my piano teacher, has been teaching me for three years.
12. Monique wrote a poem about pandas.
1. We wanted to see the movie, but it was sold out.
2. Tony won an award because he was the fastest runner in the school.
3. Ashley won an award, and she received it last Wednesday.
4. The choir practiced for a half an hour, and they practiced before going on stage.
5. Mom did her grocery shopping while we played video games.
6. Tomorrow we might go to the beach, or we might go to the park.
7. Our football captain rings the victory bell whenever we win a game.
8. The bell rang, and everyone raced out of the classrooms.
9. We moved to the front row so we could see better.
10. I had a hamburger for dinner, and I had ice-cream for dessert.
11. I got a radio for my birthday, but I wanted a bike.
12. I had to go back to my house because I forgot my lunch.
1. The five-month-old baby learned how to crawl.
2. I help Mrs. Snodgrass, my fourth grade teacher, after school.
3. My dad went on a business trip across the country.
4. I bought a hotdog, and I ate it under a tree.
5. We had to take a shower before we could go in the pool.
6. We went into the park, across the field, and onto the swings.
7. The United States, the best country in the world, has people from almost every country.
8. Mr. Simon corrected our papers while we drew our illustrations.
9. Amy won the million dollar lottery.
10. Michael collected fifty worms from our back yard for our fishing trip.
11. I scored twenty points yesterday, but we lost anyway.
12. Rex barked at the mailman, at our neighbor, and at me.
13. Our coach, Mr. Henderson, is taking us to the batting cages.
14. We cut down our tree so there is more room to play.
15. The police officer gave a speeding ticket to the driver.
16. Our class sang a song about America at the assembly.
17. We can save twenty dollars, but we have to sign up for ballet lessons today.
Pg. 47 – Sentence Combining #4 (cont.)
18. Before I could eat I had to wash my hands, set the table, and make the lemonade.
19. Number Blaster, a new computer program, will help me with my math.
20. We can go on the Ferris wheel, or we can go on the Merry-go-round.
1. We had pepperoni pizza for dinner.
2. Shirley, the captain of our cheer team, created several new cheers for us.
3. We had to search for our lost ball because it rolled into the bushes.
4. We made chocolate cake for the class, but it melted in the car.
5. Mikea won a new bicycle because she sold more cookies than anyone.
6. The barber washed my hair, cut it, and he styled it.
7. Peanut, my mouse, was eaten by Slim, my snake.
8. My baby sister cries whenever my mom leaves the house.
9. The five year old boy rode his bike without his training wheels.
10. I went swimming at the beach, and I stayed in the water for an hour.
11. I had to hide my new game from my brother in a very safe place.
12. The fireman connected the hose, dragged it to the house, then turned on the water.
13. We’re going to the movies after I mow the lawn.
14. You can play on the swings, or you can skate around the park.
15. We jumped into the water and jumped right back out because the water was cold.
16. Mrs. Trigs, my math teacher, explains fractions very well.
17. We had to go to another store all the way across town to find the video.
18. The doctor took my temperature, checked my throat, and gave me some medicine.
19. Our class will have a pizza party if we all do our homework for a month.
20. The first forty people wearing red received free posters.
Pg. 49 Three Types of Sentences #1

1. A - Simple Sentence 2. C – Compound Sentence 3. B Complex Sentence
4. C – Compound Sentence 5. B Complex Sentence 6. A - Simple Sentence
Pg. 50-51 Three Types of Sentences #2

1. B - Complex Sentence 2. A - Simple Sentence 3. B - Complex Sentence
4. C – Compound Sentence 5. B - Complex Sentence 6. A - Simple Sentence
Part II – Answers will vary.
Pg. 52-53 Three Types of Sentences #3

1. C – Compound Sentence 2. B - Complex Sentence 3. A - Simple Sentence
4. B - Complex Sentence 5. A - Simple Sentence 6. C – Compound Sentence
Part II – Answers will vary.
Pg. 63 Nouns *Note: Some places can also be things.

1. person 2. place 3. person 4. thing 5. place 6. thing 7. person 8. thing
9. place 10. thing 11. place 12. person 13. person 14. thing 15. place 16. person
17. thing 18. person 19. place 20. thing 21. thing 22. person 23. place 24. thing
Pg. 64 Pronouns
1. he, him, his, you, yours 2. we, us, our, ours 3. it, that 4. it 5. they, them, their, theirs 6. I, me, my, mine
Pg. 65 Noun and Pronoun Practice

Noun: A noun names a person, place, or thing. Pronoun: A pronoun takes the place of a noun.
1. noun – thing 2. noun – thing 3. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 4. pronoun – takes the place of a noun
5. noun – person 6. noun – place 7. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 8. pronoun – takes the place of a noun
9. noun – thing 10. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 11. noun – thing 12. noun – thing
13. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 14. noun – thing 15. pronoun – takes the place of a noun
Nouns: Kimberly, family, car, Dad, Kimberly, birthday, Dad, surprise, destination, secret, lot, Dad, wallet, man, ticket, pass,
Universal Studios, Kimberly, cheek, day, day, day
Pronouns: we, they, she, it, It, her, I, you, Our, you, us, They, his, he, It, She, him, His, her, their
Pg. 66 Verbs
1. is – fact 2. sang – action 3. worked – action 4. am – fact 5. dug – action 6. are – fact
7. painted – action 8. rode – action 9. were – fact 10. played – action 11. was – fact 12. read – action
Pg. 67 Verb Practice

Part I – Answers will vary.
1. worked – action 2. am – fact 3. is – fact 4. washed – action 5. was – fact
6. barked – action 7. need – action 8. were – fact 9. signed – action 10. are – fact
Pg. 69 Adverb Practice

1. how 2. where 3. to what extent 4. when 5. how 6. where 7. when 8. to what extent
9. when 10. how 11. where 12. when 13. how 14. where 15. how 16. how
Pg. 70 Adverb Practice #2

How? – quietly, cautiously, carefully, safely, stubbornly, noisily, angrily
When? – next, tomorrow, never, yesterday, tomorrow, tonight
Where? – behind, inside, here, outside, inside
To What Extent? – very, too
Pg. 71 Verb and Adverb Practice

Verb: A verb shows action or states a fact. Adverb: Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs.
1. verb – action word 2. verb – action word 3. adverb – how 4. adverb – when 5. verb – action word
6. adverb – where 7. verb – action word 8. adverb – how 9. verb – action word 10. adverb – when
11. adverb – how 12. verb – action word 13. adverb – when 14. adverb – how 15. verb – action word
16. verb – action word 17. adverb – when 18. adverb – how 19. verb – action word 20. adverb – where
Pg. 72 Adjectives
1. what kind 2. what kind 3. how many 4. what kind 5. what kind
6. how much 7. what kind 8. how many 9. what kind 10. how many
Pg. 73 Adjective Practice

What Kind? – small, pretty, round, bright, clean, red, funny, tall
How Many? – eight, few, twelve
How Much? – several, some
1. pretty – dress 2. twelve or eight – people 3. clean – fork 4. bright – light

5. eight or twelve- flowers 6. tall 7. round 8. funny
Pg. 74 Parts of Speech Practice

Noun: The name of a person, place, or thing. Pronoun: Takes the place of a noun. Verb: Action word or states a fact.
Adverb: Describes a verb, adjective, or adverb. Adjectives: Describe a noun.
1. verb 2. noun 3. pronoun 4. adverb 5. adjective 6. adverb 7. verb 8. noun

9. adjective 10. pronoun 11. noun 12. pronoun 13. adverb 14. adjective 15. verb
16. adjective 17. noun 18. pronoun 19. verb 20. adverb 21. verb 22. adjective
23. pronoun 24. noun/verb 25. adverb 26. pronoun 27. adjective 28. verb 29. adverb 30. noun
Pg. 76 Prepositions #2
1. into 2. down 3. across 4. from 5. up 6. before 7. between 8. through
9. inside 10. with 11. above 12. in 13. near 14. behind 15. after
Activity #2: Answers will vary.
Pg. 78 Conjunctions #2
Conjunctions: Conjunctions are connecting words.
Answers may vary. However, the following are reasonable solutions:
1. but 2. and 3. While 4. because 5. so 6. or 7. If 8. and
Pg. 79 Interjections
Answers may vary.
Preposition: Connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence.
Conjunction: A connecting word.
Interjection: Words or groups of words that show emotion.
1. preposition 2. conjunction 3. interjection 4. conjunction 5. preposition 6. interjection 7. conjunction

8. interjection 9. preposition 10. preposition 11. conjunction/preposition 12. conjunction 13. preposition
14. interjection 15. preposition 16. interjection 17. conjunction 18. conjunction 19. preposition 20. interjection
21. preposition/conjunction 22. preposition/conjunction 23. interjection 24. conjunction 25. preposition
26. conjunction 27. interjection 28. preposition 29. interjection 30. conjunction

Conjunction: A connecting word. Interjection: Words or groups of words that show emotion.
1. pronoun 2. adverb 3. noun 4. verb/noun 5. adjective 6. preposition/adverb 7. conjunction

8. noun 9. verb 10. pronoun 11. adverb/preposition 12. adverb 13. noun 14. adjective 15. verb
16. interjection 17. pronoun 18. conjunction/preposition 19. adverb 20. noun 21. preposition 22. adverb
23. conjunction 24. pronoun 25. noun/verb 26. adjective 27. adverb 28. noun 29. interjection
30. pronoun 31. conjunction 32. verb 33. interjection 34. noun 35. adverb/preposition 36. adverb
Pg. 82 Adverbs or Prepositions? #1

1. adverb – where? 2. preposition – up the street 3. adverb – where? 4. preposition – over the fence
5. adverb – where? 6. preposition – down the slide 7. adverb – when? 8. adverb – where?
9. preposition – near the exit 10. preposition – from the teacher 11. adverb – when? 12. adverb – where?
Pg. 83 Adverbs or Prepositions? #2

1. preposition – until dinner 2. adverb – where? 3. adverb – where? 4. preposition – near the dugout
5. preposition – through the tunnel 6. adverb – where? 7. adverb – where? 8. adverb – where?
9. preposition – outside the class 10. preposition – behind the house 11. adverb – where? 12. adverb – where?
13. preposition – under the house 14. prepositions – behind the curtains 15. prepositions – between the sheets
16. adverb – where? 17. adverb – where? 18. preposition – with my friends
Pg. 84 Parts of Speech Review

Conjunction: A connecting word. Interjection: Words or groups of words that show emotion.
1. noun 2. adverb 3. adjective 4. pronoun 5. verb 6. conjunction 7. adjective 8. preposition/conjunction

9. verb 10. interjection 11. noun 12. adverb 13. pronoun 14. adjective 15. conjunction 16. noun/verb
17. preposition 18. interjection 19. verb 20. adjective 21. pronoun 22. adjective 23. adjective 24. verb
25. conjunction 26. preposition 27. adverb 28. pronoun 29. interjection 30. adjective/verb 31. noun
32. conjunction 33. pronoun 34. adverb 35. noun 36. adjective
Pg. 93 Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive

The order may vary.
Subject Pronouns: we, she, you, they, I, it, he, who, whose
Object Pronouns: them, me, you, whom, us, her, it, him,
Possessive Pronouns: your, their, my, his, ours, theirs, her, hers, yours, mine, its, our, whose
Pg. 94 – Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive #2

Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership
1. me – object 2. he – subject 3. who – subject 4. its – possessive 5. whom – object 6. he – subject
7. theirs – possessive 8. she – subject 9. them – object 10. mine – possessive 11. us – object 12. us – object

1. your – possessive 2. he – subject 3. her – object 4. my – possessive 5. whom – object 6. they – subject
7. his – possessive 8. you – object 9. you – subject 10. him – object 11. our – possessive 12. they – subject
1. we – subject 2. us – object 3. their – possessive 4. us – object 5. he – subject 6. whom – object
7. my – possessive 8. I – subject 9. she – subject 10. his – possessive 11. they – subject 12. me – object

1. whom – object 2. she – subject 3. whose – possessive 4. they – subject 5. him – object 6. your – possessive
7. whom – object 8. its – possessive 9. he – subject 10. we – subject 11. your – possessive 12. me – object

1. whom – object 2. we – subject 3. He – subject 4. him – object 5. his – possessive 6. I – subject
7. We – subject 8. whom – object 9. he – subject 10. whom – object 11. our – possessive 12. him – object
Pg. 100 – Prepositions #2

Activity #1 - 1. among 2. beyond 3. outside 4. within 5. beneath 6. of 7. against 8. through
9. during 10. off 11. toward 12. at 13. toward 14. under 15. onto
Activity #2 and #3 – Answers will vary.
Pg. 101 – Captain Preposition

About forty miles / above the clouds / across the galaxy / after an enemy / against them / along a busy galaxy /
amid millions / of stars / among thousands / of planets / around four thousand pounds / At 5 A.M. / atop the trees /
before anyone / behind the Sierra Nevada Mountains / below the Central Valley / beneath the desert’s morning sun /
beside the ship / between the plane’s wings / beyond the clouds / By the time / Concerning the ship / during its plunge /
towards the black hole / for the mighty space traveler / from Zork / In a flash / inside the ship / Into the ship /
like a bolt / of lightning / near the black hole / of the crew / off the ship / on the helpless craft / onto the ship /
to Zork / outside the ship / over the past / regarding your problems / through a narrow hole / in the ship /
throughout the journey / To his home planet / Toward Earth / under the clouds / underneath the trees / of Earth /
up the mountain / Upon the peak / With a jubilant yell / within seconds / without even telling / with those
Pg. 103 – Prepositions #4

Answers may vary.
1. The lady in the red sweater walked across the street and sat on the bench.
2. The dog jumped into the air and caught the Frisbee in his mouth.
3. During the party at two o’clock the children will walk into the house with smiles on their faces.
4. I saw a girl with a pink bow give out cupcakes with sprinkles and give them throughout school.
5. There is a puppy in the yard with black spots chewing on a bone.
6. Owls hunt for food at night throughout the trees.
7. Some girls in angel costumes danced during the concert among the audience.
8. We played basketball after school at the park with my brother and his friends.
Pg. 105 Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly

1. good reader / bad reader 2. reads well / reads badly 3. speak well / speak badly 4. good speaker / bad speaker
5. good runner / bad runner 6. run well / run badly 7. good pitcher / bad pitcher 8. drive well / drive badly
9. threw well / threw badly 10. pitches well / pitches badly 11. good kicker / bad kicker 12. good driver / bad driver
Pg. 106 – Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly #2

1. good book / bad book 2. turns well / turns badly 3. good grass / bad grass 4. good cleaner / bad cleaner
5. good worker / bad worker 6. work well / work badly 7. thought well / thought badly 8. dressed well / dressed badly
9. good climber / bad climber 10. climbs well / climbs badly
1. well – sharpened 2. good – job 3. good – players 4. well – play 5. well – clean
1. badly – play 2. bad – job 3. bad – bulbs / badly – work 4. bad – smell 5. bad – fighter / badly – moved

1. good – pizza 2. well – shut 3. good – dancer 4. well – doing 5. good – player / well – throws
6. good – listener 7. good – behavior 8. good – writers / well – tell
1. badly – slept 2. bad – job 3. badly - needed 4. bad – cheese 5. badly – behaved
6. bad – dancers / badly – move 7. bad – argument 8. bad – speller / badly – writers
1. well – cooks / good – soup 2. good – grades / well - study 3. well – cut 4. good – suit / well - dresses
5. good – answers 6. good – food 7. well – went 8. good – driver / well – drive
1. badly – did 2. bad – cough / badly – slept 3. bad - idea 4. badly – need
5. bad – comedian / badly - tells 6. bad – picture 7. bad – movie 8. badly – sing
Pg. 109 – Misplaced Modifiers #1 * There may be more than one possible answer.
1. I heard my dad who was singing in the shower.
2. My teacher is a tall, skinny one hundred and fifty pound man with a mustache.
3. While walking to school, I noticed that the sky looked like it was going to rain.
4. When my baby sister is throwing a fit, Mom puts her in time-out.
5. We saw the bird suddenly fly away.
6. Our dog, who barks a lot, has a pink tongue and a long tail.
7. The trees got in the way while we were flying the kite.
8. When my baby brother sucks his thumb, my dad knows it’s time to put him to bed.
9. She made ice cream that quickly melted in the sun.
10. The police car passed by me while I was riding my bike.
11. When the students need to be punished, the teachers make them stay after school.
12. While I was ordering the food, the waiter asked if I wanted fries.
Pg. 110 – Misplaced Modifiers #2 * There may be more than one possible answer.
1. We saw that the lights of the city shined brightly while we were climbing to the top of the mountain.
2. While I was walking the dog, the cat started a fight with him.
3. When you are hungry, a hamburger will be perfect for dinner.
4. After hitting the iceberg, the boat slowly sank into the sea.
5. The teacher reminded the students to study for their test as they were copying down the homework.
6. Having practiced all week the dancer was wearing a beautiful costume.
7. The volcano exploded violently and shot lava into the air.
8. While I was eating popcorn, the monkeys I watched were funny.
9. The money fell off the counter while I was paying for the tickets.
10. The parent disciplined the child who stubbornly stormed into his bedroom.
11. He was a funny clown who wore a big nose and told silly jokes.
12. While I was picking weeds, several worms crawled to the top of the soil.
13. The doctor told me to punch a pillow when I am angry.
14. My mom needed to ask a question while I was talking on the phone.
15. The beautifully dressed student sang the song.
Pg. 112 – Unit 4 Test Review

I. Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership
1. me – object 2. Who – subject 3. we – subject 4. whom – object
5. their – possessive 6. Its – possessive 7. they – subject 8. Who – subject
II. Answers will vary.
III. Good is an adjective that describes a noun. Well is an adverb that describes a verb, adjective or adverb.
Bad is an adjective that describes a noun. Badly is an adverb that describes a verb, adjective or adverb.
1. good / well 2. well 3. good 4. well / 1. badly 2. bad 3. bad 4. badly/bad
IV. 1. The man wearing the grey suit was talking to my dad. 2. The three hundred pound animal with sharp teeth is dangerous.
3. The plane that took off disappeared slowly into the sky.
Pg. 123 Capitalization #1
1. Wednesday 2. social studies 3. Italian 4. Buddhism 5. Biology 101 6. summer 7. College Park
8. Northern Ireland 9. Algebra II 10. measles 11. west 12. Saturday 13. math 14. Chinese food
15. Christianity 16. Midwest 17. Levi pants 18. winter 19. Turner School 20. Science 101
1. Arbor Day Parade / Ford 2. Spanish / Spanish 101 / Mrs. Jones 3. Dad / Thursday / Roses / Violets / You / And
4. Man Without a Home / Jesuit / North America 5. United States 6. Up on the Rooftop / Aloha Elementary School’s
7. Make a Wish Foundation / southern France 8. Harvard University / Massachusetts / Rutgers University / New Jersey

1. Spanish 2. Italian tile 3. Tuesday 4. southern Alps 5. east 6. Thursday 7. Planters’ peanuts
8. Judaism 9. Geometry 101 10. fall 11. math 12. geography 13. South Korea 14. Hinduism
15. Kells Pond 16. mumps
1. Germany / French / Italian / Dad 2. Memorial Day / American / Mr. Simm’s / Civics 101 3. Friday / Ode to Summer
/ This Is Love / Woodruff Elementary School 4. Dear Lisa / Camp Sunburn / Fourth of July / Mom / Your sister / Alice
5. Not Without My Daughter / Middle East

1. August 2. influenza 3. French fashion 4. Catholicism 5. Labor Day
6. art 7. Swedish 8. south 9. fall 10 Geology 101
1. On / All / When // One / She / Three // Up / Down / We / Who 2. Red Cross / South
3. Ford / Indianapolis Speedway 4. Aunt Shirley / Microsoft / Northwest 5. Art for Dummies / Western Civilization 101
6. Northeast 7. Rocky Mountains / Grandpa 8. Aliens are Among Us / Mrs. Flick’s
9. Lindstrom Elementary School’s / Italian / Asian 10. Smith / Indians / Europeans

1. science 2. winter 3. Utah 4. Thursday 5. Boston College
6. Alzheimer’s disease 7. God 8. polio 9. Golden Gate Bridge 10 Western Europe
1. September / Washington Elementary School / Labor Day 2. none 3. Island of the Blue Dolphins / English /
Girl Without a Family 4. West Indies / India 5. Grandpa / Multiple Sclerosis Society
6. Lake Tahoe / Heavenly Ski Resort 7. Cave of Wonders / Carlsbad Caverns / New Mexico 8. Seal Beach
9. Mother’s Day / I’m / Queen Elizabeth / England 10. Dear Oscar / Barney’s Greatest Hits / Beautiful Flowers / Your / Jose

1. Monday 2. tonsillitis 3. summer 4. Sony stereos 5. December
6. Lake Erie 7. east 8. Chinese food 9. Mormon 10 Science 101
1. Christian / God / His 2. Aunt Rosa / Uncle Pedro / Leal School 3. Mariners / Seattle / Space Needle
4. Bible / Torah / Koran / Christianity / Judaism / Islam 5. While / Dad / I
6. While You Slept in Your Bed / Father’s Day / June 7. Memorial Hospital / American Lung Association
8. Marines / southern Afghanistan / Tora Bora Mountains 9. Between Boy and Man / Literature Appreciation 101 / October
10. Dear / Nature’s Wonders / National Wildlife Foundation / Sincerely / Vanessa

1. health 2. Dell computers 3. September 4. Canadian bacon 5. southern California
6. spring 7. diabetes 8. English 9. Crohn’s disease 10 Science 201
1. Ringling Brothers / Cirque du Soleil / Mom 2. Statue of Liberty / Hudson River / New York / New Jersey
3. Flowers Among Thorns / Mr. Rose’s / January 4. Gulf of Mexico / Atlantic Ocean / southern Florida / Caribbean Sea
5. Grandpa Joe / Grandma Jane 6. none 7. Reebok shoes / Lakewood Mall / Saturday 8. There’s a Boy in the
Girl’s Bathroom / Mighty Mysteries / June 9. Thanksgiving / Thursday 10. Olympics / Utah / Colorado
Pg. 135 Comma Rules #1 and #2

1. City, State 2. Day, Year 3. City, Country 4. Day, Year 5. City, State 6. Day, Year
7. City, Country 8. City, State 9. Day, Year 10. Day, Year 11. City, State 12. City, Country
13. Yorktown, Virginia, after... – City, State 14. August 3rd, 2001, while... – Day, Year 15. Veracruz, Mexico – City, Country
16. Saturday, June 13th, for... – Day, Month 17. Salt Lake City, Utah, for... - City, State
18. 555 Oak Drive, Oakland, California – City, State 19. Monday, August 1st, we... – Day, Month / Phoenix, Arizona – City, State
20. Toronto, Canada, there... – City, Country / Tuesday, April 2nd – Day, Month
1. Long Beach, California, and... – City, State / Tuesday, March 12, at... – Day, Month 2. Wednesday, June 12, 2000, in –
Day, Year 3. Dublin, Ireland or Glasgow, Scotland – City, Country 4. March 2, 1991 or on March 1, 1992 – Day, Year
5. Chicago, Illinois – City, State / Monday, December 31s,t 2001, or... – City, State / Dallas, Texas, on... – City, State / Tuesday,
January 1st, 2002 – Day, Year 6. Wednesday, May 7th , in... – Day, Month / Portland, Oregon – City, State
7. Mexico City, Mexico, on... – City, Country 8. Friday, May 19th – Day, Month 9. Bangkok, Thailand, from... –
City, Country / Wednesday, August 15 to Monday, August 20th – Day, Month 10. February 21st , 1975, in... – Day, Year /
Las Vegas, Nevada – City, State 11. Friday, April 11, school... – Day, Month 12. Honolulu, Hawaii, is... – City, State
13. December 31st , 2099 – Day, Year 14. Rome, Italy, is... – City, Country
15. Thursday, June 18th , 2002, we... – Day, Year / Seattle, Washington – City, State
Pg. 137 Comma Rules #3 and #4 - Answers will vary.

1. Yes, (Introductory Word) I’m mad at you for chewing up my shoe, Rover. (Direct Address)
2. Sorry, (Introductory Word) I won’t be able to meet you after school today, Kim. (Direct Address)
3. Of course, (Introductory Phrase) we are going to take pictures before she leaves.
4. I haven’t seen you, Suzie, (Direct Address) in such a long time.
5. Hello, (Introductory Word) you don’t know me, but I’m your long, lost cousin.
6. Mrs. Carter, (Direct Address) I need to go to the bathroom.
7. Will you give the tape to Karen, Jacquline? (Direct Address)
8. First of all, (Introductory Phrase) the answers to the test come straight from your homework.
9. Secondly, (Introductory Word) those of you who didn’t do their homework need to do it tonight.
10. Of course, (Introductory Phrase) if you all study really hard class you will all do well on the test.
11. Well, (Introductory Word) if you would have gone at recess you wouldn’t have this problem, Jason. (Direct Address)
12. After all, (Introductory Word) the best music, Cindy, (Direct Address) comes from the best music system.
13. No, (Introductory Word) I want the dress with the beautiful flowers all over it.
14. Ms. Kinon, (Direct Address) will you help me with my homework?
15. Thank you, Mrs. Bletterman, (Direct Address) for bringing treats to school today.

1. Give the letter to Mom, Jim. (Direct Address)
2. Wait, (Introductory Word) you can go to the bathroom during recess.
3. Peanut, (Direct Address) you’re the best hamster in the world.
4. First, (Introductory Word) if you want a new bike, Michael, (Direct Address) you must learn to take better care of your stuff.
5. Team, (Direct Address) if we win today we’ll be in first place.
6. As a matter of fact, (Introductory Phrase) I did eat the last piece of cake.
7. Finally, (Introductory Word) the person with the most points will win the trophy.
8. Yes, (Introductory Word) you do look funny in that hat.
9. By the way, (Introductory Phrase) if you wear it outside, I’ll pretend I don’t know you.
10. Kim, (Direct Address) you’re the best friend anyone could ever find.
Pg. 140 – 141 Comma Rules #1 – #6

1. Hannah, (Direct Address) you are the best singer in the show.
2. Many of our country’s best ships are located in San Diego, California. (City, State)
3. Oh, (Introductory Word) I thought you were talking to me.
4. On Monday, September 5, (Day, Month) Eddie will start his first day of school.
5. Dear Barney, (Greeting)
I am your #1 fan. By the way, (Introductory Phrase) I have all of your videos.
Sincerely, (Closing)
II. Brian
6. Well, (Introductory Word) the only tickets available are for Saturday, April 3, (Day, Month) for the afternoon show.
7. Suddenly, (Introductory Word) the lion jumped from the bushes.
8. If you will wait just a second, Mr. Sanchez, (Direct Address) I’ll be right back with your order.
9. There are many wonderful pyramids in Cairo, Egypt. (City, Country)
10. Most importantly, (Introductory Phrase) don’t forget to bring your bathing suit.
11. Dear Ronald, (Greeting)
Of course, (Introductory Phrase) our hamburgers are better than yours.
Yours truly, (Closing)
Jack
12. Please, Anthony, (Direct Address) put the crayons on the table.
Pg. 140 – 141 Comma Rules #1 – #6 (cont.)
13. Houston, Texas (City, State) is a very important city for our nation’s space program.
14. No, (Introductory Word) I can’t go with you, Paul, (Direct Address) until I finish all my work.
15. How much will it cost to go to the water slide, Jeff? (Direct Address)
16. Mrs. Kline, (Direct Address) are we going to have homework over vacation?
17. In April, 1861, (Day, Year) the Civil War officially began.
18. Yes, (Introductory Word) I will marry you, Francisco. (Direct Address)
19. My parents bought their house in Reno, Nevada (City, State) on November 7, 1999. (Day, Year)
20. His father works at the United States embassy in Seoul, Korea. (City, Country)
21. Kimberly, (Direct Address) did you tell Omar that I said he was cute?
22. Dear Pinnochio, (Greeting)
How’s life on Pleasure Island? Remember, (Introductory Word) always let your conscience be your guide.
Affectionately, (Closing)
Jiminy
23. Larry, (Direct Address) is your birthday on Wednesday, September 1, (Day, Month) or is it Thursday, September 2 ? (Day, Month)
24. On September 9, 2002, (Day, Year) my mom had a surprise party in Lawton, Oklahoma. (City, State)
25. First of all, (Introductory Phrase) you should not have waited until Tuesday, December 24, (City, Month) to start your shopping.
26. Best of all, (Introductory Phrase) if we raise the money by Friday, April 7, we’ll save an extra $50 for the group, Kevin. (Direct Address)

1. We need some wood, nails, and a hammer to make our tree house. (Words in a List)
2. For my birthday I received a CD, bike, radio, and cash. (Words in a List)
3. While rowing, the boat sprung a leak. (Avoid Confusion)
4. We sang songs, played games, and ate ice cream at the party. (Phrases in a List)
5. While playing, the game pieces fell off the board. (Avoid Confusion)
6. During PE we had a run, jump, and kick contest. (Words in a List)
7. For $10 I had to mow the lawn, rake the leaves, and sweep the sidewalk. (Phrases in a List)
8. My favorite movies are Annie, Babe, Aladdin, and The Lion King. (Phrases in a List)
9. If you look, down the hill are people making a movie. (Avoid Confusion)
10. The race will go up Hill Street, across to Bixby Lane, and down the Ramona Drive. (Phrases in a List)
11. For the five lawns I mowed I received $10, $12, $8, $9, and $14. (Words in a List)
12. During the past, few years have been as good as these. (Avoid Confusion)

1. The ball bounced against the garage, hit the window, and rolled across the lawn. (Phrases in a List)
2. Our football team had a punt, pass, and kick contest. (Words in a List)
3. While packing, her suitcase fell on the floor. (Avoid Confusion)
4. The bird flew up, down, and around. (Words in a List)
5. We came home, watched television, and went to bed. (Phrases in a List)
6. My favorite colors in the rainbow are red, violet, and yellow. (Words in a List)
7. While cooking, the phone began to ring. (Avoid Confusion)
8. I’m not sure if I should have an orange, a banana, or a pear. (Phrases in a List)
9. You can choose to do your homework, help your mom, or baby sit your sister. (Phrases in a List)
10. If your clothes catch fire be sure to stop, drop, and roll. (Words in a List)
11. While hunting, the deer smelled something in the air that warned them of danger. (Avoid Confusion)
12. Go next door, give Mrs. Garcia this package, and ask her if she needs some help. (Phrases in a List)
13. I don’t care if we win, lose, or draw. (Words in a List)
14. Wake up, take a shower, eat breakfast, and get ready for school. (Phrases in a List)
15. If you watch, the stars seem to sparkle like diamonds. (Avoid Confusion)

1. If we work later, although nobody wants to, we can take the day off on Friday. (Interrupter)
2. We will visit Chicago, the windy city, before we reach South Bend. (Appositives)
3. These stamps, for example, come all the way from France. (Interrupter)
4. Today’s special, roast beef and fries, will be served until 1:00. (Appositives)
5. Jim and Kyle, my two best friends, are helping me build my go-cart. (Appositives)
6. Who, may I ask, is going to drive you home? (Interrupter)
7. This cat, however, was the runt of the litter. (Interrupter)
8. Singapore, a small island near Malaysia, is a very modern city. (Appositives)
9. Did you know that Ms. Lee, my karate instructor, is getting married? (Appositives)
10. Our table, as you will see, will have the most points before the day is over. (Interrupter)
1. That’s my sister, the one in the pink dress, singing in the choir. (Appositives)
2. You, on the other hand, need to speak louder so we can all hear. (Interrupter)
3. Vanessa, the most improved student in the class, scored a 98 on her math test. (Appositives)
4. Those students, the girls in the back row, have been talking all day. (Appositives)
5. Bears, however, will take care of their young for a couple of years. (Interrupter)
6. Cyndi is moving to New Jersey, the Garden State. (Appositives)
7. Mrs. Bachman, the principal, will give our certificates at the assembly. (Appositives)
8. Sarah, in another year, will be old enough to drive. (Interrupter)
9. Tomorrow, if everyone is good, I’ll bring treats for the class. (Interrupter)
10. Karen, a great leader, would like to be president some day. (Appositives)
11. She, of course, will win for the third time in a row. (Interrupter)
12. Everyone was happy, even Arnold, when we talked about our problems. (Interrupter)
13. Louis Sachar, my favorite author, will be signing his books tomorrow. (Appositives)
14. The ruby, a very expensive gem, will be on display at the museum. (Appositives)
15. The baby eagle, when the time is right, will learn to fly like its mother. (Interrupter)
16. The Sears Tower, once the largest building in America, is in Chicago. (Appositives)
17. The students, for the most part, were on their best behavior. (Interrupter)
18. If you want to play, you’ll have to ask Mr. Philips, the head coach. (Appositives)
1. Mom said, “ Everyone needs to get ready to go.” (Quotations)
2. “ We can get some cotton candy when we get to the park, ” said Dad. (Quotations)
3. Joseph wore his bright, beautiful coat to the celebration. (Adjectives)
4. “ Under the tree, ” said Sally, “ there are two presents for you. ” (Quotations)
5. I’m in the mood for a tender, juicy hamburger. (Adjectives)
6. “ Let’s go see a movie, ” said Jane. (Quotations)
7. “ If you are a dedicated, hard-working student, ” (Adjectives) said the teacher, “ you will go far. ” (Quotations)
8. She said, “ Let’s write a story together. ” (Quotations)
9. The clown gave balloons to all the happy, smiling children. (Adjectives)
10. “ Put all the red round ornaments into the box ” said Grandma. (Adjectives - Color)
1. “ She always sees the positive, cheerful side (Adjectives) of things, ” said Carol. (Quotation)
2. “ Here’s a tissue, ” she said, “ for that wet, runny nose. (Adjectives) ” (Quotation)
3. “Let’s go get some tacos, ” he said. (Quotation)
4. “ Somebody put a big blue sign in the back of their window ” said Bill. (Quotation)
5. “ My grandpa is a kind, old man, (Adjectives) ” said Julie. (Quotation)
6. The writer told about the lonely, young lady who lived on the street. (Adjectives)
7. “When will it be my turn, ” she said, “ to ride on the pony? ” (Quotation)
8. If you wear your puffy yellow jacket, you’ll stay a warm, toasty girl. (Adjectives)
9. He said, “ Curiosity killed the cat. ” (Quotation)
10. “ Life is about the journey, ” she said, “ not the destination. ” (Quotation)
11. Simon says, “ Put your hands on your hips. ” (Quotation)
12. “ Let’s get some warm, buttery popcorn (Adjectives) for the movie, ” she said. (Quotation)
13. Andy told his scary, exciting story to the entire group. (Adjectives)
14. “ Rudolph, with your bright, shiny nose, (Adjectives) ” said Santa, “ will you guide my sleigh tonight? ” (Quotation)
15. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow, ” said the teacher. (Quotation)
Pg. 149 Comma Rules #13
1. Do you want us to help, or would you like to do it yourself ? Subjects: You / you
2. Bruce sang a song, and he signed autographs for his fans. Subjects: Bruce / he
3. We wanted to play video games, but my brother broke the television. Subjects: We / brother
4. Do all your homework now, or you’ll go to bed early. Subjects: You (imperative) / you
5. The magician performed his tricks, and the audience sat in amazement. Subjects: magician / audience
6. The game was supposed to start at 1:00, but it started to rain. Subjects: game / it
7. Take care of your toys, or they won’t last very long. Subjects: You (imperative) / they
8. I drew the pictures, and she wrote the poem. Subjects: I / she
9. The climbers were ready to leave, but the sun was beginning to set. Subjects: climbers / sun
10. You can wash the car, or I can pay someone else to do it. Subjects: You / I
11. The mother took a nap, and the puppies played with the ball. Subjects: mother / puppies
12. We all wanted to eat some cookies, but nobody wanted to make them. Subjects: We / nobody
Pg. 149 Comma Rules #13 (cont.)
13. Leave your sister alone, or I’ll give you a spanking. Subjects: You (imperative) / I
14. They waited for ten minutes, but the waiter didn’t bring our drinks. Subjects: They / waiter
15. The driver circled the museum, and the tour guide described the city. Subjects: driver / guide
Pg. 150 -151 Comma Rules #7 - #13
1. Mr. Ly, the PTA president, (Appositives) talked about our reading, writing, and math scores. (Words in a List)
2. While driving, (Avoid Confusion) the car suddenly started to make strange, squeaky sounds. (Adjectives)
3. Our school, however, has some of the best students in the state. (Interrupter)
4. Either you can wash the dishes, or you can sweep the floor. (Compound Sentence)
5. “ We’re going sailing tomorrow, ” said Mary. (Quotation)
6. “ We sold $50 worth of sour, cherry licorice, (Adjectives) ” she said, “ for our field trip. ” (Quotation)
7. The dog jumped on the couch, looked out the window, and barked at the mailman. (Phrases in a List)
8. While working, the computers shut down. (Avoid Confusion)
9. The actor, while waiting for his turn to perform, practiced his lines. (Interrupter)
10. “ Take the card to Sarah, my aunt, after (Appositive) dinner, ” she said. (Quotation)
11. It was time for the show to start, but the audience was still being seated. (Compound Sentence)
12. “ I can’t wait to sleep in my soft, comfortable bed, (Adjectives) ” he said. (Quotation)
13. We looked in the cupboards, closets, and shelves for my tools. (Words in a List)
14. The parade, of course, will be filled with many colorful floats. (Interrupter)
15. In the night, time seems to stand still. (Avoid Confusion)
16. The volcano blew thick, blazing lava into the air. (Adjectives)
17. “ When you get on the ride, ” said the engineer, “ be sure to keep your hands inside the car. ” (Quotations)
18. The wolf made a sad, lonely cry at the full moon. (Adjectives)
19. Mr. Park, our new mayor, (Appositive) gave a speech about hope, peace, and friendship. (Words in a List)
20. We decorated the house, and they made all the food. (Compound Sentence)
21. Everyone said that Jose was a short, slow runner, (Adjectives) but he was the best player on the field. (Compound Sentence)
22. “ I want a new dishwasher, ” announced Lucy. (Quotations)
23. Mr. Mertz, the apartment manager, (Appositive) came over to repair the sink, fix the door, and clean the rugs. (Phrases in a List)
24. Early in the morning, before the crowds arrived, we went shopping at the mall. (Interrupter)
25. You can choose a scrambled, poached, or fried egg sandwich. (Words in a List)
26. While eating, the dog started to beg for scraps. (Avoid Confusion)
27. “ Life is like a box of chocolates, ” said Forest, “because you never know what you’re gonna get. ” (Quotation)
28. If you like these cookies, most people do, I can get you the recipe. (Interrupter)
29. Alice, the star of the show, (Appositive) will tell a lot of short, funny jokes during the play. (Adjectives)
30. Ellen said, “ This is going to be the best birthday ever. ” (Quotation)
Pg. 152 - 153 Comma Rules #1 - #13
1. Jim and Kyle, my two best friends, are helping me build my go-cart. (Appositive)
2. “ Let’s go see a movie, ” said Jane. (Quotation)
3. We wanted to play video games, but my brother broke the television. (Compound Sentence)
4. We sang songs, played games, and ate ice-cream at the party. (Phrases in a List)
5. On Monday, August 1, (Day, Month) we will go to Phoenix, Arizona (City, State) for my brother’s wedding.
6. Dear Louis, (Greeting)
Be sure to bring your bathing suit to my house next week.
Sincerely, (Closing)
Suzi
7. After eating, the cat ate the crumbs off the floor. (Avoid Confusion)
8. “ Under the tree, ” said Sally “ there are two presents for you. ” (Quotation)
9. Yes, you may go to the dance after school. (Introductory Word)
10. There are tacos, John, in the refrigerator for you. (Direct Address)
11. “ My grandpa is a kind, old man, (Adjectives) ” said Julie. (Quotation)
12. Derek, my sister’s friend, will meet us at the beach. (Appositives)
13. She, of course, will win for the third time in a row. (Interrupter)
14. Is your birthday on March 2, 1991 or March 1, 1992 ? (Day, Year)
l5. Give the crayons to Tommy, Billy. (Direct Address)
16. I’m in the mood for a tender, juicy hamburger. (Adjectives)
17. Fred, the key to the house is inside the mailbox. (Direct Address)
18. My favorite colors are blue, green, and yellow. (Words in a List)
19. The game was supposed to start at 1:00, but it started to rain. (Compound Sentence)
20. Who, may I ask, is going to drive you home? (Interrupter)
21. Sorry, the store will be closed for the holiday. (Introductory Word)
Pg. 152 - 153 Comma Rules #1 - #13 (cont.)
22. She said, “ Let’s get some warm, buttery popcorn (Adjectives) for the movie. ” (Quotation)
23. On Tuesday, January 1, 2002, (Day, Year) football games were played in Miami, Florida, and Dallas, Texas. (City, State)
24. Suddenly, the lion jumped from the bushes. (Introductory Word)
25. Jamie, are you going to join us for dinner ? (Direct Address)
26. Do you want us to help you, or would you like to do it yourself ? (Compound Sentence)
27. During the past, few years have been as good as these. (Avoid Confusion)
28. We will visit Chicago, the Windy City, before we reach South Bend. (Appositives)
29. “ We sold $50 worth of sour, cherry licorice, (Adjectives)” she said, “ for our field trip. ” (Quotation)
30. The climbers were ready to leave, but the sun was beginning to set. (Compound Sentence)
31. Vanessa, the most improved student in the class, scored a 98 on her math test. (Appositive)
32. Go next door, give Mrs. Garcia this package, and ask her if she needs some help. (Phrases in a List)
33. Bears, however, will take care of their young for a couple of years. (Interrupter)
34. The president will visit Bangkok, Thailand (City, Country) on Wednesday, November 14. (Day, Month)
35. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow, ” said the teacher. (Quotation)
36. Peanut, you’re the best hamster in the world. (Direct Address)
Pg. 162 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #1

1. doll’s – house 2. cars’ – garage 3. family’s – vacation 4. singer’s – song 5. hands’ – gloves 6. ducks’ – pond
7. dad’s – car 8. Kimberly’s – performance 9. waves’ – sound 10. party’s – music 11. doctor’s – office 12. stories’ – author
1. Bess’s bike 2. Cortez’ ship 3. boss’s chair 4. Arkansas’ governor 5. fracas’ cause
6. Ross’s room 7. governess’ room 8. jazz’s sound 9. Francis’ shirt 10. Jesus’ disciples
1. deer’s meadow 2. students’ projects 3. bass’s lake 4. girl’s flower 5. shoppers’ carts 6. pilot’s plane
7. Oz’s Emerald City 8. bands’ songs 9. men’s room 10. candle’s flame 11. empress’s dress 12. doctor’s hospital

1. women’s – club 2. tiger’s – cage 3. horses’ – riders 4. dresses’ – sale 5. skateboard’s – spin
6. cubs’ – mother 7. salesman’s – customer 8. waitress’ – tips 9. buzz’s – sound 10. boy’s – friend
11. sisters’ - lipstick 12. actress’ – movie 13. teachers’ – lounge 14. wind’s – chill 15. child’s – toy
1. printer’s ink 2. Mr. Bozz’s party 3. ants’ home 4. stewardess’ job 5. Kansas’ governors 6. geese’s formation
7. thesaurus’ bookcase 8. puppies’ bed 9. mall’s shoppers 10. Thomas’ present 11. students’ donuts 12. band’s music

1. toys’ 2. toy’s 3. man’s 4. men’s 5. actress’ 6. calendar’s 7. calendars’ 8. dogs’
9. dog’s 10. Mr. Cruz’s 11. book’s 12. books’ 13. child’s 14. children’s 15. dress’s
1. Washington’s birthday 2. Rick and Omar’s present 3. windows’ curtains 4. bats’ cave 5. dog’s bone
6. Mr. Perez’ gloves 7. birds’ nest 8. baby’s candy 9. mice’s hole 10. student’s locker

1. boys and girls’ / boy and girl’s 2. music and lyric’s / music and lyrics’ 3. cook and waitress’ / cook and waitresses’
4. cup and plate’s / cup and plates’ 5. spider and fly’s / spider and flies’ 6. Jesus and his disciples’ 8. Kim and Bess’s
1. boys and girls’ clubs 2. glove’s laces 3. people’s choice 4. Shawn and Ryan’s room 5. house’s address
6. mice’s cheese 7. idea’s beginning 8. birds and bees’ garden 9. Andy’s folder 10. mechanics’ tools 11. class’s pizza
12. Sandra’s homework 13. babies’ milk 14. pitcher and catcher’s signals 15. men and women’s league

1. country’s flag 2. surfers’ beach 3. dress’s buttons 4. friends and neighbors’ party 5. story’s lessons
6. brass’s shine 7. flag’s stars 8. movie’s song 9. king and queen’s arrival 10. Mr. Lopez’ job
11. sailors’ ship 12. skies’ color 13. student’s grades 14. man and woman’s vows 15. boss’s job

1. glass’s milk 2. players’ field 3. Mom and Dad’s letter 4. Mr. Cortez’ stories 5. soldiers’ weapons
6. history’s lesson 7. tickets’ price 8. actress’ role 9. Tom and Jerry’s partnership 10. Americans’ freedom
11. charities’ money 12. waitress’ order 13. clouds’ shape 14. movie’s director 15. teachers and students’ supplies
Pg. 168 Apostrophe: Contractions #1
1. she’s – ha 2. wouldn’t – o 3. we’ve – ha 4. he is – i 5. should not – o 6. do not – o 7. we’ll – wi
8. they’re – a 9. she’s – i 10. are not – o 11. she would – woul 12. it will – wi 13. wouldn’t – o
14. won’t – ill o 15. weren’t – o 16. I am – a 17. could have – ha 18. we are – a 19. I’d – ha
20. they’d – ha 21. could’ve – ha 22. I will – wi 23. has not – o 24. is not – o 25. you’re – a
26. it’s – i 27. they’d – woul 28. there is – i 29. had not – o 30. have not – o
1. haven’t – o 2. Kim’ll – wi 3. weren’t – o 4. Joy and Carrie are – a 5. had not – o 6. Bill and Jeff will – wi
7. Mom’s – i 8. they’re – a 9. we’ll – wi 10. won’t – ill o 11. I am – a 12. you are – a 13. can not – o 14. I’d – ha
15. there’s – i 16. wouldn’t – o 17. will not – ill o 18. Tom will – wi 19. it is – i 20. Kay and Susan are – a
1. he’d / he’d / he’s / he’ll 2. they’d / they’re / they’d / they’ll / they’ve 3. I’d / I’m / I’ll / I’ve
4. you’d / you’re / you’d / you’ll / you’ve 5. we’d / we’re / we’d / we’ll / we’ve 6. couldn’t / could’ve 7. it’s / it’ll
8. shouldn’t / should’ve 9. wouldn’t 10.don’t 11. won’t 12. aren’t 13. hasn’t 14. didn’t 15. haven’t
1. I’m / she’s 2. wouldn’t / what’s / it’s 3. won’t / they’re 4. we’ve / we’ll 5. It’s / they’re
6. can’t shouldn’t 7. shouldn’t / couldn’t / wouldn’t 8. Don’t / I’m 9. you’ll / he’s / aren’t
10. didn’t / hadn’t 11. John’s / we’ll 12. won’t / can’t
Pg. 172 Colons / Semicolons #1
1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 (C#2) ; (S#1) I’ll bring everything for the game.
2. At 12:00 (C#2) A.M. the Pope will read Matthew 5:3-12 (C#4) ; (S#1) he will close in prayer at 12:30. (C#2)
3. Dear Madam
In my next order, I would like the following: (C#1) scissors, glue, tape, and paper.
4. The school record for the city marathon is 3:55:23. (C#2)
5. John 11:35 (C#4) is the shortest verse in the Bible; (S#1) it says, “Jesus wept.”
6. These are the members of our new math team: (C#1) Jose, Karen, Fabricio, and Corina.
7. At 12:00 (C#2) A.M. we celebrated it was the beginning of a new year.
8. To Whom It May Concern: (C#3)
Your batteries only lasted for 2:15:18 (C#2) in my radio; (S#1) I’m switching to another battery.
Dear Sir: (C#3)
Thank you for planning our son’s birthday party for us. I’d like to give you some important information for the party; (S#1)
it’s important that everything runs smoothly. The party must begin at exactly 6: 4 5 P.M. (C#2) as we would like to surprise him at
7: 3 0. (C#2) Please have the following items ready for the start of the party: (C#1) the music, refreshments, decorations, and
entertainment. Also, we would like to have the Bible verse Psalm 119 : 9-11 (C#4) printed on the invitations. In regards to the
music, we would like these things: (C#1) fun songs for singing, dancing, and playing; (S#2) slow songs so people can relax,
unwind, and talk; (S#2) and fast songs for the boys, girls and young at heart. During the music, it might be fun to have a dance-a-
thon contest. Last year the winning time was 1:15:21. (C#2) If all goes well, the party should end sometime around 11:30. (C#2)
I’m sure it will be a great party ; (S#1) you come highly recommended. Thank you for everything.
2. We had a moment of silence at 9:11 (C#2) ; (S#1) we all remembered our heroes.
3. When you get home, have Mandy do the following; (S#2) wash, dry, and brush out fluffy; (S#2) send out invitations for the cat
show; (S#2) and show Tom, Mike, and Monique how to do it.
4. Dear Sir: (C#3)
The verse you wrote in your column was John 1:7 (C#4), not Matthew 1:7. (C#4)
5. I need the following for the party: (C#1) cookies, candy, and ice-cream.
6. Thomas’ time for the race was 1:08:11 (C#2) ; (S#1) it was the fastest time all year.
7. The 2:55 (C#2) bus didn’t arrive until 3:15. (C#2)
8. I’ll only eat these vegetables: (C#1) peas, carrots, and green beans.
9. To Whom It May Concern: (C#3)
My daughter was absent yesterday because she was sick; (S#1) she had the flu.
10. To be finished at 5:30 (C#2), his final time needs to be 2:12:07. (C#2)
11. When spring begins, we will have beautiful weather, long days, and more time to play; (S#1) our parents will come home early
and take us to practice; (S#2) and everyone will be ready for school to end.
12. Be sure to study these words: (C#1) diminish, abstract, and amble.
13. The first verse in the Bible is Genesis 1:1. (C#4)
2. Dear Madam: (C#3)
Your party was fantastic; (S#1) we didn’t leave until 2:30 (C#2) in the morning.
3. Our timer says that we’ve been at this jog-a-thon for 2:04:11. (C#2)
4. The lions can jump, climb, and roar; (S#2) the monkeys can swing, climb, and play; (S#2) and the pandas can eat leaves, climb
trees, and look cute.
5. At 2:45 (C#2) school will be over; (S#1) everyone will go crazy.
To Whom It May Concern: (C#3)

I’m writing to tell you about your new product called SuperSkater; (S#1) it stinks. In your commercial, which is always on
at 5:15(C#2), it says that it is “super fast” and “super strong”. Before we even got to use it, we discovered that it was missing the
following pieces: (C#1) a wheel, a bolt, and a washer. We returned it to the store; (S#1) the store gave us a new one. My brother
put the stickers on the top, bottom, and sides; (S#2) screwed on the front and back wheels; (S#2) then tightened all the screws.
At 3:12 (C#2) on Friday, April 13, he immediately jumped on the board and headed down a hill. Suddenly washers, nuts, and ball
bearings were all over the ground; (S#2) the four wheels were going north, south, east, and west; (S#2) and my brother was
surfing down the street trying to keep his balance. I’m sure the fact that he weighs almost three hundred pounds has nothing to do
with the fact that your SuperSkater fell apart; (S#1) it’s a bad product.
Pg. 176 Semicolons and Compound Sentences #1

1. ...done, but nobody... / ...done; nobody... 2. ...week, but my... / ...week; my 3. ...long, and the... / ...long; the...
4. ...flute, and she... / flute; she 5. ...vacation, and we’re... / ...vacation; we’re 6. ...room, but Matthew... / ...room; Matthew...
7. ...party, but she... / ...party; she 8. ...year; and he... 9. ...7:00, but it... / ...7:00; it...
10. ...dinner, and the... / ...dinner; the...
Pg. 177 Semicolons and Compound Sentences #2

1. ...points, but we... / ...points; we... 2. ...food, and she... / ...food; she... 3. ...minutes, and the... / ...minutes; the
4. ...together, and we... / ...together; we... 5. ...work, and I... / ...work; I... 6. ...tent, and we... / ...tent; we
7. ...tomorrow, but the... / ...tomorrow; the... 8. ...dance, and they... / ...dance; they... 9. ...loud, but the... / ...loud; the
10. ...hamburger, but they... / ...hamburger; they...
Pg. 184-187 Prefixes #1 and #2

Answers will vary.
Pg. 188-189 Suffixes
Answers will vary.
Pg. 190 Prefix / Suffix Mad Minute
A. 1. under; below 2. expel; opposite 3. across 4. above; over; better 5. against 6. around 7. opposite
8. over; above; more than needed / 9. full of 10. characteristic of 11. person who does 12. able to
B. 1. extremely; very much 2. working together; equal 3. under; below 4. expel; opposite 5. across 6. above;
over; better 7. against 8. around / 9. the act of 10. full of 11. name of place or disease 12. to cause to become
C. 1. opposite 2. over; above; more than needed 3. extremely; very much 4. working together; equal
5. under; below 6. above; over; better 7. across 8. above; over; better / 9. having the characteristics
10. person or thing that does or is 11. full of 12. characteristic of
Pg. 191-192 Prefix / Suffix Review #1
1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. A
Pg. 193-194 Prefix / Suffix Review #2
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. A
Pg. 205 Synonym Practice
Answers will vary.
Pg. 207 Often-Misused Words: Sit and Set / Lie and Lay #2
1. sit / lay 2. set / lay 3. Lying / set 4. sat / laid 5. lying 6. set / lie 7. set / laid 8. sit / lay
9. lie 10. set / lying 11. sat / laid 12. sat / laid 13. lying 14. set 15. lay
Pg. 208 Often-Misused Words: Sit and Set / Lie and Lay #3
1. Sit / lay 2. Lying 3. set / lay 4. sitting / laying 5. laid / set 6. lies 7. sit / lay
8. lay / set 9. setting / lie 10. laid 11. lying 12. sat 13. lay / set 14. lying / laid
15. lie 16. laid 17. sit / lie 18. lying / set 19. lies 20. lying / lying
Pg. 209 Often-Misused Words: Rise and Raise
1. rising 2. raise 3. rose 4. raise / raise 5. raised 6. raising 7. rose 8. risen
9. raises 10. rising 11. rise / raise 12. raised 13. raised 14. rising 15. raised
Pg. 210 Often-Misused Words: To / Two / Too

1. to / two 2. too / two 3. too 4. Two / too 5. too / two 6. Two / to / too 7. too / to 8. to / two
9. too / too 10. two / too 11. two 12. too / two 13. two / to / too 14. to / two 15. too / to
Pg. 211 Often-Misused Words: There / Their / They’re

1. They’re / their / there 2. they’re / they’re / they’re 3. Their 4. there / their 5. there / their / they’re
6. They’re / there 7. There / there 8. They’re / there 9. their / they’re 10. There / their
11. their 12. They’re / their / there 13. their / there 14. There / they’re 15. their / they’re
Pg. 212 Often-Misused Words: Mixed Review

1. raise 2. lying / their 3. set / two 4. They’re / their 5. lie / to 6. They’re / there / lying
7. rise / raise 8. set / lay 9. Their / too 10. sit / lay 11. too / laid 12. set / there 13. their / there
14. sat / their 15. They’re / lie / two 16. too / sit 17. lay / their 18. raise 19. there / set 20. laid / their
Pg. 215 Underlining vs. Quotation Marks #3

1. I finally memorized all the lyrics to the song “America”. 2. “I Love You” is my favorite song on Barney’s new record
Friends Forever. 3. There are interesting pictures in the chapter “Black Holes” from Science Adventures.
4. The poem “Smart” from the book Where the Sidewalk Ends made us laugh. 5. The preview showed the scene “Humans’
Friends” from the movie Dolphins. 6. I love the classic poem “Roses Are Red”. 7. Our teacher made us read the
article “Young People in History” in Scholastic Magazine. 8. “Friends Forever” is my favorite poem in my book of poems
called “Poems from My Heart” 9. A new CD titled The Joy of Music has a nice song called “How Great Thou
Art”.
10. The chapter called “Military Blunders” from Stories from WWII was very interesting. 11. I memorized the poem “Bees
Knees” from the book Poems from Nature. 12. “A Long Way Home” is the first scene in the play Follow the North Star.
Pg. 216 Underlining vs. Quotation Marks #4

1. The poem “On the Eve of Freedom” inspired my people to vote. 2. Our homework was to read the chapter “The
Digestive System” from the book The Human Body. 3. Tina’s article “Teacher of the Year” was published in The
Bellflower Journal. 4. Mrs. Torres published her students’ poems in a book called Musings from Room 4.
5. My poem “The Sad Salamander” won second prize, and Melissa’s poem “The Scared Skunk” won first prize. 6. I love the
song “Jingle Bells” from the CD Holliday Classics. 7. We read the chapter “Rancheros” from our social studies book, Oh,
California. 8. “Poinsettia” is a fun shape poem in the book Flowers in Bloom. 9. The scene “Nature’s Fury”
from the movie Volcanoes showed the power of eruptions. 10. Children like looking at hidden pictures in Highlights
Magazine. 11. We acted out The Red Wheel Barrow for readers’ theater. 12. The article “The History of the
Golden Gate” from the book Bridges of California won a prize.
Pg. 217 Often-Misused Words Test Review

1. Their / two 2. laid / set 3. too / there 4. lie / there 5. sit / their / too 6. raised / risen 7. They’re / lay
8. lying / too 9. There / lie 10. sat / too 11. Laying / their 12. Set / there 13. rise / raise 14. lay / their
15. set / their 16. They’re / lay 17. lying / there 18. Their / too 19. Sit / to / lay 20. laid / too

5thgrade SBG2ndEdition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5thgrade SBG2ndEdition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

5thgrade SBG2ndEdition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

By David S. Dye M.Ed.

Model Citizen Enterprises,

And to my wife, Joy, who is the most

For workshop / staff development information call

Permission is hereby granted to the purchaser of this book to reproduce, in sufficient

Copyright © 2004 Model Citizen Publications, David S. Dye

Grammar Standards Teacher Checklist

Tests and Assessments

Literature Scavenger Hunts

Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences

Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences

Grammar Standards – Unit 1

Subject: The Who or What of the sentence.

Exercise #1 – Subjects and Predicates

4. Books tell stories. 5. The car raced. 6. Cells are tiny.

7. Rabbits hop. 8. A sequoia is huge. 9. John surfs.

Exercise #1 – Subjects and Predicates

1. Dad builds cars. 2. We are happy. 3. The ball bounced.

4. The sky is beautiful. 5. Birds chirp. 6. The clock is incorrect.

Simple Subject – The simple subject is the subject alone.

Exercise #1 – Subjects and Predicates

1. A fish swims. 2. The water froze. 3. The shirt is dirty.

4. Children played. 5. The balloon popped. 6. The Yankees are champions.

What is the subject of the sentence below?

Let’s try the trick on the sentence above.

1. During the night a large brown bear entered the camp.

6. Dozens of gymnasts waited for the score from the judges.

7. For many years no one wanted to try the long jump.

8. Squirrels in the trees played with each other for hours.

9. During math class our teacher asked me to work with Johnny.

2. Many of the computers needed the software installed.

3. The patients in the doctor’s office read magazines.

5. On the lake, several boats sailed past the dock.

7. After school the teacher helped me with my homework.

8. Many swimmers at the beach hurried out of the water.

9. Before the carnival we changed into more comfortable clothes.

11. Hundreds of flowers were planted by the students.

13. The lucky winner of the lottery took everyone to dinner.

What is the subject of the sentence below?

II. What is the subject in the example above?

1. Beyond the trees, an Indian village is preparing for a tribal ceremony.

2. The long, winding road twisted throughout the forest.

3. Go to the end of the block for the letter.

4. An obnoxious, noisy dog barked into the night.

5. During recess, our teacher organized a basketball tournament.

6. Millions of stars twinkled in the clear evening sky.

7. Write a poem about the best time of your life.

14. Hundreds of people arrived to volunteer to clean the school.

of the movie star.

4. Wait until everyone is ready before opening your presents.

6. At 10:00 my cousins from San Diego arrived at our house.

7. Help your cousins into the house with their luggage.

13. It was sad to see all of my cousins go home.

Phrase – A group of related words.

Directions: Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

3. THE CONCERT WAS FUN - ___________ 9. THE BICYCLE BROKE - ___________

5. THE BALL BOUNCED - ___________ 11. THE SKATER FELL - ___________

6. SINGING A SONG - ___________ 12. BAKING COOKIES - ___________

Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

3. THE CONCERT WAS FUN - _ 9. THE BICYCLE BROKE - _

5. THE BALL BOUNCED - _ 11. THE SKATER FELL - _

6. SINGING A SONG - _ 12. BAKING COOKIES - _

1. AT THE STORE - 11. CLEANING THE ROOM -

5. PLAYING THE PIANO - 15. AS WE DROVE TO ARIZONA -

7. BEFORE WE GO CAMPING - 17. CUTTING THE GRASS -

8. WE WILL WIN - 18. I LIKE CANDY -

9. OVER THE TREES - ____ 19. UNTIL LUNCH - _

3. FLOWERS SMELL GOOD - 13. COUNTING THE MONEY -

4. TAKING PICTURES - 14. BECAUSE WE WERE LATE -

7. AT 12:00 - 17. ALTHOUGH SHE WAS SICK -

8. THEY TALKED FOR HOURS - 18. SHE IS HAPPY -

10. DURING REHEARSAL - 20. BEYOND THE STARS -

1. the cheerleaders stretched ___________________.

1. MY SHOES DON’T FIT - __ 11. RYAN WON - _

2. AFTER THE BELL - __ 12. WE TALKED FOR HOURS -

4. PAINTING A SIGN - 14. HE ATE MY CAKE -

5. INSIDE THE CAR - __ 15. WE WILL GO TO DISNEYLAND -

7. ON SUNDAY - 17. SHE WON THE RACE -

8. WHENEVER I EAT CANDY - ____ 18. SO HE BOUGHT HER A PRESENT -

1. After the quarterback threw the ball. Complete Thought_

__Singular_ 1. sits _ 6. pitch _ 11. protect

_Plural_ 1. sit _ 6. pitches _ 11. catches

2. DAN LAUGHED - __ 8. EATING ICECREAM -

3. SO TOM CAN PLAY - __ 9. WE WROTE A LETTER -

5. BEFORE SCHOOL - 11. OUTSIDE THE HOUSE -

6. BILL RODE A HORSE - ____ 12. IF WE DO OUR HOMEWORK -_